xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/ex_cmds.c (revision 94688b8a)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands
12  */
13 
14 #include "vim.h"
15 #include "version.h"
16 
17 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
18 # include <float.h>
19 #endif
20 
21 static int linelen(int *has_tab);
22 static void do_filter(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out);
23 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
24 static char_u *viminfo_filename(char_u	*);
25 static void do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags);
26 static int viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp);
27 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks(vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing);
28 #endif
29 
30 static int check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf);
31 static void delbuf_msg(char_u *name);
32 static int
33 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
34     _RTLENTRYF
35 #endif
36 	help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
37 static void prepare_help_buffer(void);
38 
39 /*
40  * ":ascii" and "ga".
41  */
42     void
43 do_ascii(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
44 {
45     int		c;
46     int		cval;
47     char	buf1[20];
48     char	buf2[20];
49     char_u	buf3[7];
50 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
51     char_u      *dig;
52 #endif
53     int		cc[MAX_MCO];
54     int		ci = 0;
55     int		len;
56 
57     if (enc_utf8)
58 	c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc);
59     else
60 	c = gchar_cursor();
61     if (c == NUL)
62     {
63 	msg("NUL");
64 	return;
65     }
66 
67     IObuff[0] = NUL;
68     if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80)
69     {
70 	if (c == NL)	    /* NUL is stored as NL */
71 	    c = NUL;
72 	if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC)
73 	    cval = NL;	    /* NL is stored as CR */
74 	else
75 	    cval = c;
76 	if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' '
77 #ifndef EBCDIC
78 		    || c > '~'
79 #endif
80 			       ))
81 	{
82 	    transchar_nonprint(buf3, c);
83 	    vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "  <%s>", (char *)buf3);
84 	}
85 	else
86 	    buf1[0] = NUL;
87 #ifndef EBCDIC
88 	if (c >= 0x80)
89 	    vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), "  <M-%s>",
90 						 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f));
91 	else
92 #endif
93 	    buf2[0] = NUL;
94 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
95 	dig = get_digraph_for_char(cval);
96 	if (dig != NULL)
97 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
98 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Oct %03o, Digr %s"),
99 			      transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval, dig);
100 	else
101 #endif
102 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
103 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Octal %03o"),
104 				  transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval);
105 	if (enc_utf8)
106 	    c = cc[ci++];
107 	else
108 	    c = 0;
109     }
110 
111     /* Repeat for combining characters. */
112     while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)))
113     {
114 	len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff);
115 	/* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */
116 	if (len > 0)
117 	    IObuff[len++] = ' ';
118 	IObuff[len++] = '<';
119 	if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c)
120 # ifdef USE_GUI
121 		&& !gui.in_use
122 # endif
123 		)
124 	    IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */
125 	len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len);
126 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
127 	dig = get_digraph_for_char(c);
128 	if (dig != NULL)
129 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len,
130 			c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Oct %o, Digr %s")
131 				    : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Oct %o, Digr %s"),
132 					c, c, c, dig);
133 	else
134 #endif
135 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len,
136 			 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o")
137 				     : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"),
138 				     c, c, c);
139 	if (ci == MAX_MCO)
140 	    break;
141 	if (enc_utf8)
142 	    c = cc[ci++];
143 	else
144 	    c = 0;
145     }
146 
147     msg((char *)IObuff);
148 }
149 
150 /*
151  * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text.
152  */
153     void
154 ex_align(exarg_T *eap)
155 {
156     pos_T	save_curpos;
157     int		len;
158     int		indent = 0;
159     int		new_indent;
160     int		has_tab;
161     int		width;
162 
163 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
164     if (curwin->w_p_rl)
165     {
166 	/* switch left and right aligning */
167 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right)
168 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_left;
169 	else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)
170 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_right;
171     }
172 #endif
173 
174     width = atoi((char *)eap->arg);
175     save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
176     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)    /* width is used for new indent */
177     {
178 	if (width >= 0)
179 	    indent = width;
180     }
181     else
182     {
183 	/*
184 	 * if 'textwidth' set, use it
185 	 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it
186 	 * if invalid value, use 80
187 	 */
188 	if (width <= 0)
189 	    width = curbuf->b_p_tw;
190 	if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0)
191 	    width = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm;
192 	if (width <= 0)
193 	    width = 80;
194     }
195 
196     if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
197 	return;
198 
199     for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
200 		 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
201     {
202 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)		/* left align */
203 	    new_indent = indent;
204 	else
205 	{
206 	    has_tab = FALSE;	/* avoid uninit warnings */
207 	    len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab
208 						   : NULL) - get_indent();
209 
210 	    if (len <= 0)			/* skip blank lines */
211 		continue;
212 
213 	    if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center)
214 		new_indent = (width - len) / 2;
215 	    else
216 	    {
217 		new_indent = width - len;	/* right align */
218 
219 		/*
220 		 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far
221 		 * to the right.
222 		 */
223 		if (has_tab)
224 		    while (new_indent > 0)
225 		    {
226 			(void)set_indent(new_indent, 0);
227 			if (linelen(NULL) <= width)
228 			{
229 			    /*
230 			     * Now try to move the line as much as possible to
231 			     * the right.  Stop when it moves too far.
232 			     */
233 			    do
234 				(void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0);
235 			    while (linelen(NULL) <= width);
236 			    --new_indent;
237 			    break;
238 			}
239 			--new_indent;
240 		    }
241 	    }
242 	}
243 	if (new_indent < 0)
244 	    new_indent = 0;
245 	(void)set_indent(new_indent, 0);		/* set indent */
246     }
247     changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L);
248     curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos;
249     beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
250 }
251 
252 /*
253  * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space.
254  */
255     static int
256 linelen(int *has_tab)
257 {
258     char_u  *line;
259     char_u  *first;
260     char_u  *last;
261     int	    save;
262     int	    len;
263 
264     /* find the first non-blank character */
265     line = ml_get_curline();
266     first = skipwhite(line);
267 
268     /* find the character after the last non-blank character */
269     for (last = first + STRLEN(first);
270 				last > first && VIM_ISWHITE(last[-1]); --last)
271 	;
272     save = *last;
273     *last = NUL;
274     len = linetabsize(line);		/* get line length */
275     if (has_tab != NULL)		/* check for embedded TAB */
276 	*has_tab = (vim_strchr(first, TAB) != NULL);
277     *last = save;
278 
279     return len;
280 }
281 
282 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting.  They are allocated to
283  * contain the longest line being sorted. */
284 static char_u	*sortbuf1;
285 static char_u	*sortbuf2;
286 
287 static int	sort_ic;	/* ignore case */
288 static int	sort_nr;	/* sort on number */
289 static int	sort_rx;	/* sort on regex instead of skipping it */
290 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
291 static int	sort_flt;	/* sort on floating number */
292 #endif
293 
294 static int	sort_abort;	/* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */
295 
296 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */
297 typedef struct
298 {
299     linenr_T	lnum;			/* line number */
300     union {
301 	struct
302 	{
303 	    varnumber_T	start_col_nr;		/* starting column number */
304 	    varnumber_T	end_col_nr;		/* ending column number */
305 	} line;
306 	varnumber_T	value;		/* value if sorting by integer */
307 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
308 	float_T value_flt;	/* value if sorting by float */
309 #endif
310     } st_u;
311 } sorti_T;
312 
313 static int
314 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
315 _RTLENTRYF
316 #endif
317 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
318 
319     static int
320 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
321 _RTLENTRYF
322 #endif
323 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
324 {
325     sorti_T	l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1;
326     sorti_T	l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2;
327     int		result = 0;
328 
329     /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but
330      * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and
331      * exit. */
332     if (sort_abort)
333 	return 0;
334     fast_breakcheck();
335     if (got_int)
336 	sort_abort = TRUE;
337 
338     /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column
339      * number. */
340     if (sort_nr)
341 	result = l1.st_u.value == l2.st_u.value ? 0
342 				 : l1.st_u.value > l2.st_u.value ? 1 : -1;
343 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
344     else if (sort_flt)
345 	result = l1.st_u.value_flt == l2.st_u.value_flt ? 0
346 			     : l1.st_u.value_flt > l2.st_u.value_flt ? 1 : -1;
347 #endif
348     else
349     {
350 	/* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no
351 	 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the
352 	 * second one. */
353 	STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr,
354 		     l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1);
355 	sortbuf1[l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0;
356 	STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr,
357 		     l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1);
358 	sortbuf2[l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0;
359 
360 	result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2)
361 						 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2);
362     }
363 
364     /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */
365     if (result == 0)
366 	return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum);
367     return result;
368 }
369 
370 /*
371  * ":sort".
372  */
373     void
374 ex_sort(exarg_T *eap)
375 {
376     regmatch_T	regmatch;
377     int		len;
378     linenr_T	lnum;
379     long	maxlen = 0;
380     sorti_T	*nrs;
381     size_t	count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1);
382     size_t	i;
383     char_u	*p;
384     char_u	*s;
385     char_u	*s2;
386     char_u	c;			/* temporary character storage */
387     int		unique = FALSE;
388     long	deleted;
389     colnr_T	start_col;
390     colnr_T	end_col;
391     int		sort_what = 0;
392     int		format_found = 0;
393     int		change_occurred = FALSE; // Buffer contents changed.
394 
395     /* Sorting one line is really quick! */
396     if (count <= 1)
397 	return;
398 
399     if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
400 	return;
401     sortbuf1 = NULL;
402     sortbuf2 = NULL;
403     regmatch.regprog = NULL;
404     nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE);
405     if (nrs == NULL)
406 	goto sortend;
407 
408     sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = 0;
409 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
410     sort_flt = 0;
411 #endif
412 
413     for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p)
414     {
415 	if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p))
416 	    ;
417 	else if (*p == 'i')
418 	    sort_ic = TRUE;
419 	else if (*p == 'r')
420 	    sort_rx = TRUE;
421 	else if (*p == 'n')
422 	{
423 	    sort_nr = 1;
424 	    ++format_found;
425 	}
426 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
427 	else if (*p == 'f')
428 	{
429 	    sort_flt = 1;
430 	    ++format_found;
431 	}
432 #endif
433 	else if (*p == 'b')
434 	{
435 	    sort_what = STR2NR_BIN + STR2NR_FORCE;
436 	    ++format_found;
437 	}
438 	else if (*p == 'o')
439 	{
440 	    sort_what = STR2NR_OCT + STR2NR_FORCE;
441 	    ++format_found;
442 	}
443 	else if (*p == 'x')
444 	{
445 	    sort_what = STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE;
446 	    ++format_found;
447 	}
448 	else if (*p == 'u')
449 	    unique = TRUE;
450 	else if (*p == '"')	/* comment start */
451 	    break;
452 	else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL)
453 	{
454 	    eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p);
455 	    break;
456 	}
457 	else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL)
458 	{
459 	    s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL);
460 	    if (*s != *p)
461 	    {
462 		emsg(_(e_invalpat));
463 		goto sortend;
464 	    }
465 	    *s = NUL;
466 	    /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */
467 	    if (s == p + 1)
468 	    {
469 		if (last_search_pat() == NULL)
470 		{
471 		    emsg(_(e_noprevre));
472 		    goto sortend;
473 		}
474 		regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC);
475 	    }
476 	    else
477 		regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC);
478 	    if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
479 		goto sortend;
480 	    p = s;		/* continue after the regexp */
481 	    regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic;
482 	}
483 	else
484 	{
485 	    semsg(_(e_invarg2), p);
486 	    goto sortend;
487 	}
488     }
489 
490     /* Can only have one of 'n', 'b', 'o' and 'x'. */
491     if (format_found > 1)
492     {
493 	emsg(_(e_invarg));
494 	goto sortend;
495     }
496 
497     /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any integer number
498      * sorting. */
499     sort_nr += sort_what;
500 
501     /*
502      * Make an array with all line numbers.  This avoids having to copy all
503      * the lines into allocated memory.
504      * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for
505      * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on.  This means the pattern
506      * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line.
507      * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf".
508      */
509     for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum)
510     {
511 	s = ml_get(lnum);
512 	len = (int)STRLEN(s);
513 	if (maxlen < len)
514 	    maxlen = len;
515 
516 	start_col = 0;
517 	end_col = len;
518 	if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(&regmatch, s, 0))
519 	{
520 	    if (sort_rx)
521 	    {
522 		start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s);
523 		end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s);
524 	    }
525 	    else
526 		start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s);
527 	}
528 	else
529 	    if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
530 		end_col = 0;
531 
532 	if (sort_nr
533 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
534 		|| sort_flt
535 #endif
536 		)
537 	{
538 	    /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end
539 	     * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */
540 	    s2 = s + end_col;
541 	    c = *s2;
542 	    *s2 = NUL;
543 	    /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */
544 	    p = s + start_col;
545 	    if (sort_nr)
546 	    {
547 		if (sort_what & STR2NR_HEX)
548 		    s = skiptohex(p);
549 		else if (sort_what & STR2NR_BIN)
550 		    s = skiptobin(p);
551 		else
552 		    s = skiptodigit(p);
553 		if (s > p && s[-1] == '-')
554 		    --s;  /* include preceding negative sign */
555 		if (*s == NUL)
556 		    /* empty line should sort before any number */
557 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value = -MAXLNUM;
558 		else
559 		    vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_what,
560 			       &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value, NULL, 0);
561 	    }
562 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
563 	    else
564 	    {
565 		s = skipwhite(p);
566 		if (*s == '+')
567 		    s = skipwhite(s + 1);
568 
569 		if (*s == NUL)
570 		    /* empty line should sort before any number */
571 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = -DBL_MAX;
572 		else
573 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt =
574 						      strtod((char *)s, NULL);
575 	    }
576 #endif
577 	    *s2 = c;
578 	}
579 	else
580 	{
581 	    /* Store the column to sort at. */
582 	    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.start_col_nr = start_col;
583 	    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.end_col_nr = end_col;
584 	}
585 
586 	nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum;
587 
588 	if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
589 	    fast_breakcheck();
590 	if (got_int)
591 	    goto sortend;
592     }
593 
594     /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */
595     sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1);
596     if (sortbuf1 == NULL)
597 	goto sortend;
598     sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1);
599     if (sortbuf2 == NULL)
600 	goto sortend;
601 
602     /* Sort the array of line numbers.  Note: can't be interrupted! */
603     qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare);
604 
605     if (sort_abort)
606 	goto sortend;
607 
608     /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */
609     lnum = eap->line2;
610     for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
611     {
612 	linenr_T get_lnum = nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum;
613 
614 	// If the original line number of the line being placed is not the same
615 	// as "lnum" (accounting for offset), we know that the buffer changed.
616 	if (get_lnum + ((linenr_T)count - 1) != lnum)
617 	    change_occurred = TRUE;
618 
619 	s = ml_get(get_lnum);
620 	if (!unique || i == 0
621 		|| (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0)
622 	{
623 	    // Copy the line into a buffer, it may become invalid in
624 	    // ml_append(). And it's needed for "unique".
625 	    STRCPY(sortbuf1, s);
626 	    if (ml_append(lnum++, sortbuf1, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL)
627 		break;
628 	}
629 	fast_breakcheck();
630 	if (got_int)
631 	    goto sortend;
632     }
633 
634     /* delete the original lines if appending worked */
635     if (i == count)
636 	for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
637 	    ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE);
638     else
639 	count = 0;
640 
641     /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */
642     deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2));
643     if (deleted > 0)
644     {
645 	mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted);
646 	msgmore(-deleted);
647     }
648     else if (deleted < 0)
649 	mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L);
650 
651     if (change_occurred || deleted != 0)
652 	changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted);
653 
654     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
655     beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
656 
657 sortend:
658     vim_free(nrs);
659     vim_free(sortbuf1);
660     vim_free(sortbuf2);
661     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
662     if (got_int)
663 	emsg(_(e_interr));
664 }
665 
666 /*
667  * ":retab".
668  */
669     void
670 ex_retab(exarg_T *eap)
671 {
672     linenr_T	lnum;
673     int		got_tab = FALSE;
674     long	num_spaces = 0;
675     long	num_tabs;
676     long	len;
677     long	col;
678     long	vcol;
679     long	start_col = 0;		/* For start of white-space string */
680     long	start_vcol = 0;		/* For start of white-space string */
681     long	old_len;
682     char_u	*ptr;
683     char_u	*new_line = (char_u *)1;    /* init to non-NULL */
684     int		did_undo;		/* called u_save for current line */
685 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
686     int		*new_vts_array = NULL;
687     char_u	*new_ts_str;		/* string value of tab argument */
688 #else
689     int		temp;
690     int		new_ts;
691 #endif
692     int		save_list;
693     linenr_T	first_line = 0;		/* first changed line */
694     linenr_T	last_line = 0;		/* last changed line */
695 
696     save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
697     curwin->w_p_list = 0;	    /* don't want list mode here */
698 
699 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
700     new_ts_str = eap->arg;
701     if (!tabstop_set(eap->arg, &new_vts_array))
702 	return;
703     while (vim_isdigit(*(eap->arg)) || *(eap->arg) == ',')
704 	++(eap->arg);
705 
706     // This ensures that either new_vts_array and new_ts_str are freshly
707     // allocated, or new_vts_array points to an existing array and new_ts_str
708     // is null.
709     if (new_vts_array == NULL)
710     {
711 	new_vts_array = curbuf->b_p_vts_array;
712 	new_ts_str = NULL;
713     }
714     else
715 	new_ts_str = vim_strnsave(new_ts_str, eap->arg - new_ts_str);
716 #else
717     new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg));
718     if (new_ts < 0)
719     {
720 	emsg(_(e_positive));
721 	return;
722     }
723     if (new_ts == 0)
724 	new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts;
725 #endif
726     for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum)
727     {
728 	ptr = ml_get(lnum);
729 	col = 0;
730 	vcol = 0;
731 	did_undo = FALSE;
732 	for (;;)
733 	{
734 	    if (VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[col]))
735 	    {
736 		if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0)
737 		{
738 		    /* First consecutive white-space */
739 		    start_vcol = vcol;
740 		    start_col = col;
741 		}
742 		if (ptr[col] == ' ')
743 		    num_spaces++;
744 		else
745 		    got_tab = TRUE;
746 	    }
747 	    else
748 	    {
749 		if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1))
750 		{
751 		    /* Retabulate this string of white-space */
752 
753 		    /* len is virtual length of white string */
754 		    len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol;
755 		    num_tabs = 0;
756 		    if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
757 		    {
758 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
759 			int t, s;
760 
761 			tabstop_fromto(start_vcol, vcol,
762 					curbuf->b_p_ts, new_vts_array, &t, &s);
763 			num_tabs = t;
764 			num_spaces = s;
765 #else
766 			temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts);
767 			if (num_spaces >= temp)
768 			{
769 			    num_spaces -= temp;
770 			    num_tabs++;
771 			}
772 			num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts;
773 			num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts;
774 #endif
775 		    }
776 		    if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab ||
777 					(num_spaces + num_tabs < len))
778 		    {
779 			if (did_undo == FALSE)
780 			{
781 			    did_undo = TRUE;
782 			    if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1),
783 						(linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
784 			    {
785 				new_line = NULL;	/* flag out-of-memory */
786 				break;
787 			    }
788 			}
789 
790 			/* len is actual number of white characters used */
791 			len = num_spaces + num_tabs;
792 			old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr);
793 			new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1,
794 									TRUE);
795 			if (new_line == NULL)
796 			    break;
797 			if (start_col > 0)
798 			    mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col);
799 			mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len,
800 				      ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1));
801 			ptr = new_line + start_col;
802 			for (col = 0; col < len; col++)
803 			    ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' ';
804 			ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE);
805 			if (first_line == 0)
806 			    first_line = lnum;
807 			last_line = lnum;
808 			ptr = new_line;
809 			col = start_col + len;
810 		    }
811 		}
812 		got_tab = FALSE;
813 		num_spaces = 0;
814 	    }
815 	    if (ptr[col] == NUL)
816 		break;
817 	    vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol);
818 	    if (has_mbyte)
819 		col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col);
820 	    else
821 		++col;
822 	}
823 	if (new_line == NULL)		    /* out of memory */
824 	    break;
825 	line_breakcheck();
826     }
827     if (got_int)
828 	emsg(_(e_interr));
829 
830 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
831     // If a single value was given then it can be considered equal to
832     // either the value of 'tabstop' or the value of 'vartabstop'.
833     if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) == 0
834 	&& tabstop_count(new_vts_array) == 1
835 	&& curbuf->b_p_ts == tabstop_first(new_vts_array))
836 	; /* not changed */
837     else if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) > 0
838         && tabstop_eq(curbuf->b_p_vts_array, new_vts_array))
839 	; /* not changed */
840     else
841 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
842 #else
843     if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts)
844 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
845 #endif
846     if (first_line != 0)
847 	changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L);
848 
849     curwin->w_p_list = save_list;	/* restore 'list' */
850 
851 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
852     if (new_ts_str != NULL)		/* set the new tabstop */
853     {
854 	// If 'vartabstop' is in use or if the value given to retab has more
855 	// than one tabstop then update 'vartabstop'.
856 	int *old_vts_ary = curbuf->b_p_vts_array;
857 
858 	if (tabstop_count(old_vts_ary) > 0 || tabstop_count(new_vts_array) > 1)
859 	{
860 	    set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"vts", -1, new_ts_str,
861 							OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
862 	    curbuf->b_p_vts_array = new_vts_array;
863 	    vim_free(old_vts_ary);
864 	}
865 	else
866 	{
867 	    // 'vartabstop' wasn't in use and a single value was given to
868 	    // retab then update 'tabstop'.
869 	    curbuf->b_p_ts = tabstop_first(new_vts_array);
870 	    vim_free(new_vts_array);
871 	}
872 	vim_free(new_ts_str);
873     }
874 #else
875     curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts;
876 #endif
877     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
878 
879     u_clearline();
880 }
881 
882 /*
883  * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest
884  *
885  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
886  */
887     int
888 do_move(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T dest)
889 {
890     char_u	*str;
891     linenr_T	l;
892     linenr_T	extra;	    // Num lines added before line1
893     linenr_T	num_lines;  // Num lines moved
894     linenr_T	last_line;  // Last line in file after adding new text
895 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
896     win_T	*win;
897     tabpage_T	*tp;
898 #endif
899 
900     if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2)
901     {
902 	emsg(_("E134: Cannot move a range of lines into itself"));
903 	return FAIL;
904     }
905 
906     // Do nothing if we are not actually moving any lines.  This will prevent
907     // the 'modified' flag from being set without cause.
908     if (dest == line1 - 1 || dest == line2)
909     {
910 	// Move the cursor as if lines were moved (see below) to be backwards
911 	// compatible.
912 	if (dest >= line1)
913 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest;
914 	else
915 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1;
916 
917 	return OK;
918     }
919 
920     num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1;
921 
922     /*
923      * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb
924      * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses.
925      */
926     if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL)
927 	return FAIL;
928     for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++)
929     {
930 	str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra));
931 	if (str != NULL)
932 	{
933 	    ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
934 	    vim_free(str);
935 	    if (dest < line1)
936 		extra++;
937 	}
938     }
939 
940     /*
941      * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our
942      * mark_adjust() calls.
943      *
944      * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the
945      * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks
946      * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added
947      * our new lines.
948      *
949      * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions
950      * (either forwards or backwards).
951      *
952      * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to
953      * their final destination at the new text position -- webb
954      */
955     last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
956     mark_adjust_nofold(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L);
957     if (dest >= line2)
958     {
959 	mark_adjust_nofold(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L);
960 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
961 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) {
962 	    if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
963 		foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, line1, line2, dest);
964 	}
965 #endif
966 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1;
967 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest;
968     }
969     else
970     {
971 	mark_adjust_nofold(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L);
972 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
973 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) {
974 	    if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
975 		foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, dest + 1, line1 - 1, line2);
976 	}
977 #endif
978 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1;
979 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines;
980     }
981     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
982     mark_adjust_nofold(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line,
983 					     -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L);
984 
985     /*
986      * Now we delete the original text -- webb
987      */
988     if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL)
989 	return FAIL;
990 
991     for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++)
992 	ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE);
993 
994     if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report)
995 	smsg(NGETTEXT("%ld line moved", "%ld lines moved", num_lines),
996 			(long)num_lines);
997 
998     /*
999      * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines.
1000      */
1001     if (dest >= line1)
1002 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest;
1003     else
1004 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1;
1005 
1006     if (line1 < dest)
1007     {
1008 	dest += num_lines + 1;
1009 	last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1010 	if (dest > last_line + 1)
1011 	    dest = last_line + 1;
1012 	changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L);
1013     }
1014     else
1015 	changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L);
1016 
1017     return OK;
1018 }
1019 
1020 /*
1021  * ":copy"
1022  */
1023     void
1024 ex_copy(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T n)
1025 {
1026     linenr_T	count;
1027     char_u	*p;
1028 
1029     count = line2 - line1 + 1;
1030     curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1;
1031     curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count;
1032     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
1033 
1034     /*
1035      * there are three situations:
1036      * 1. destination is above line1
1037      * 2. destination is between line1 and line2
1038      * 3. destination is below line2
1039      *
1040      * n = destination (when starting)
1041      * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying)
1042      * line1 = start of source (while copying)
1043      * line2 = end of source (while copying)
1044      */
1045     if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL)
1046 	return;
1047 
1048     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n;
1049     while (line1 <= line2)
1050     {
1051 	/* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within
1052 	 * ml_append() */
1053 	p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1));
1054 	if (p != NULL)
1055 	{
1056 	    ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
1057 	    vim_free(p);
1058 	}
1059 	/* situation 2: skip already copied lines */
1060 	if (line1 == n)
1061 	    line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1062 	++line1;
1063 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1)
1064 	    ++line1;
1065 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2)
1066 	    ++line2;
1067 	++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1068     }
1069 
1070     appended_lines_mark(n, count);
1071 
1072     msgmore((long)count);
1073 }
1074 
1075 static char_u	*prevcmd = NULL;	/* the previous command */
1076 
1077 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
1078     void
1079 free_prev_shellcmd(void)
1080 {
1081     vim_free(prevcmd);
1082 }
1083 #endif
1084 
1085 /*
1086  * Handle the ":!cmd" command.	Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd"
1087  * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command.
1088  * Remember the argument.
1089  */
1090     void
1091 do_bang(
1092     int		addr_count,
1093     exarg_T	*eap,
1094     int		forceit,
1095     int		do_in,
1096     int		do_out)
1097 {
1098     char_u		*arg = eap->arg;	/* command */
1099     linenr_T		line1 = eap->line1;	/* start of range */
1100     linenr_T		line2 = eap->line2;	/* end of range */
1101     char_u		*newcmd = NULL;		/* the new command */
1102     int			free_newcmd = FALSE;    /* need to free() newcmd */
1103     int			ins_prevcmd;
1104     char_u		*t;
1105     char_u		*p;
1106     char_u		*trailarg;
1107     int			len;
1108     int			scroll_save = msg_scroll;
1109 
1110     /*
1111      * Disallow shell commands for "rvim".
1112      * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for
1113      * security reasons.
1114      */
1115     if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
1116 	return;
1117 
1118     if (addr_count == 0)		/* :! */
1119     {
1120 	msg_scroll = FALSE;	    /* don't scroll here */
1121 	autowrite_all();
1122 	msg_scroll = scroll_save;
1123     }
1124 
1125     /*
1126      * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args]
1127      * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable)
1128      */
1129     ins_prevcmd = forceit;
1130     trailarg = arg;
1131     do
1132     {
1133 	len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1;
1134 	if (newcmd != NULL)
1135 	    len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd);
1136 	if (ins_prevcmd)
1137 	{
1138 	    if (prevcmd == NULL)
1139 	    {
1140 		emsg(_(e_noprev));
1141 		vim_free(newcmd);
1142 		return;
1143 	    }
1144 	    len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd);
1145 	}
1146 	if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL)
1147 	{
1148 	    vim_free(newcmd);
1149 	    return;
1150 	}
1151 	*t = NUL;
1152 	if (newcmd != NULL)
1153 	    STRCAT(t, newcmd);
1154 	if (ins_prevcmd)
1155 	    STRCAT(t, prevcmd);
1156 	p = t + STRLEN(t);
1157 	STRCAT(t, trailarg);
1158 	vim_free(newcmd);
1159 	newcmd = t;
1160 
1161 	/*
1162 	 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the
1163 	 * previous command.  "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible).
1164 	 */
1165 	trailarg = NULL;
1166 	while (*p)
1167 	{
1168 	    if (*p == '!')
1169 	    {
1170 		if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\')
1171 		    STRMOVE(p - 1, p);
1172 		else
1173 		{
1174 		    trailarg = p;
1175 		    *trailarg++ = NUL;
1176 		    ins_prevcmd = TRUE;
1177 		    break;
1178 		}
1179 	    }
1180 	    ++p;
1181 	}
1182     } while (trailarg != NULL);
1183 
1184     vim_free(prevcmd);
1185     prevcmd = newcmd;
1186 
1187     if (bangredo)	    /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */
1188     {
1189 	/* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped.
1190 	 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the
1191 	 * buffername. */
1192 	char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#");
1193 
1194 	if (cmd != NULL)
1195 	{
1196 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1);
1197 	    vim_free(cmd);
1198 	}
1199 	else
1200 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1);
1201 	AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n");
1202 	bangredo = FALSE;
1203     }
1204     /*
1205      * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them.
1206      */
1207     if (*p_shq != NUL)
1208     {
1209 	newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1));
1210 	if (newcmd == NULL)
1211 	    return;
1212 	STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq);
1213 	STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd);
1214 	STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq);
1215 	free_newcmd = TRUE;
1216     }
1217     if (addr_count == 0)		/* :! */
1218     {
1219 	/* echo the command */
1220 	msg_start();
1221 	msg_putchar(':');
1222 	msg_putchar('!');
1223 	msg_outtrans(newcmd);
1224 	msg_clr_eos();
1225 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
1226 
1227 	do_shell(newcmd, 0);
1228     }
1229     else				/* :range! */
1230     {
1231 	/* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of
1232 	 * autocommands) */
1233 	do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out);
1234 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1235     }
1236     if (free_newcmd)
1237 	vim_free(newcmd);
1238 }
1239 
1240 /*
1241  * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user
1242  *
1243  * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would
1244  * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable
1245  * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able
1246  * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking
1247  * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the
1248  * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell()
1249  * do this.
1250  * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both,
1251  * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes.
1252  * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE.
1253  * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE.
1254  */
1255     static void
1256 do_filter(
1257     linenr_T	line1,
1258     linenr_T	line2,
1259     exarg_T	*eap,		/* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */
1260     char_u	*cmd,
1261     int		do_in,
1262     int		do_out)
1263 {
1264     char_u	*itmp = NULL;
1265     char_u	*otmp = NULL;
1266     linenr_T	linecount;
1267     linenr_T	read_linecount;
1268     pos_T	cursor_save;
1269     char_u	*cmd_buf;
1270     buf_T	*old_curbuf = curbuf;
1271     int		shell_flags = 0;
1272 
1273     if (*cmd == NUL)	    /* no filter command */
1274 	return;
1275 
1276     cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
1277     linecount = line2 - line1 + 1;
1278     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1;
1279     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1280     changed_line_abv_curs();
1281     invalidate_botline();
1282 
1283     /*
1284      * When using temp files:
1285      * 1. * Form temp file names
1286      * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file
1287      * 3.   Run the filter command on the temp file
1288      * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer
1289      * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered
1290      * 6. * Remove the temp files
1291      *
1292      * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a
1293      * pipe only need to do 3.
1294      */
1295 
1296     if (do_out)
1297 	shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT;
1298 
1299 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE
1300     if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp)
1301     {
1302 	/* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */
1303 	shell_flags |= SHELL_READ;
1304 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2;
1305     }
1306     else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp)
1307     {
1308 	/* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */
1309 	shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE;
1310 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1;
1311 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
1312     }
1313     else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp)
1314     {
1315 	/* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not
1316 	 * use a temp file. */
1317 	shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE;
1318 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1;
1319 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
1320 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2;
1321     }
1322     else
1323 #endif
1324 	if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL)
1325 		|| (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL))
1326 	{
1327 	    emsg(_(e_notmp));
1328 	    goto filterend;
1329 	}
1330 
1331 /*
1332  * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown.
1333  * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative.
1334  */
1335     ++no_wait_return;		/* don't call wait_return() while busy */
1336     if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap,
1337 					   FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL)
1338     {
1339 	msg_putchar('\n');		/* keep message from buf_write() */
1340 	--no_wait_return;
1341 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1342 	if (!aborting())
1343 #endif
1344 	    (void)semsg(_(e_notcreate), itmp);	/* will call wait_return */
1345 	goto filterend;
1346     }
1347     if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1348 	goto filterend;
1349 
1350     if (!do_out)
1351 	msg_putchar('\n');
1352 
1353     /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */
1354     cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp);
1355     if (cmd_buf == NULL)
1356 	goto filterend;
1357 
1358     windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
1359     cursor_on();
1360 
1361     /*
1362      * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the
1363      * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by
1364      * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later.
1365      * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may
1366      * also mess up the screen, clear it later.
1367      */
1368     if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in)
1369 	redraw_later_clear();
1370 
1371     if (do_out)
1372     {
1373 	if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
1374 	{
1375 	    vim_free(cmd_buf);
1376 	    goto error;
1377 	}
1378 	redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
1379     }
1380     read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1381 
1382     /*
1383      * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a
1384      * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you
1385      * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use
1386      * 'u' to fix the text
1387      * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something
1388      * like ":r !cat" hangs.
1389      * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected.
1390      */
1391     if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags))
1392     {
1393 	redraw_later_clear();
1394 	wait_return(FALSE);
1395     }
1396     vim_free(cmd_buf);
1397 
1398     did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
1399     need_check_timestamps = TRUE;
1400 
1401     /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some
1402      * useful output.  Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel
1403      * reading. */
1404     ui_breakcheck();
1405     got_int = FALSE;
1406 
1407     if (do_out)
1408     {
1409 	if (otmp != NULL)
1410 	{
1411 	    if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM,
1412 						    eap, READ_FILTER) != OK)
1413 	    {
1414 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1415 		if (!aborting())
1416 #endif
1417 		{
1418 		    msg_putchar('\n');
1419 		    semsg(_(e_notread), otmp);
1420 		}
1421 		goto error;
1422 	    }
1423 	    if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1424 		goto filterend;
1425 	}
1426 
1427 	read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount;
1428 
1429 	if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ)
1430 	{
1431 	    curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1;
1432 	    curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1433 	    appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount);
1434 	}
1435 
1436 	if (do_in)
1437 	{
1438 	    if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL)
1439 	    {
1440 		if (read_linecount >= linecount)
1441 		    /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */
1442 		    mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L);
1443 		else
1444 		{
1445 		    /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks
1446 		     * that are in deleted lines */
1447 		    mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1,
1448 								linecount, 0L);
1449 		    mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L);
1450 		}
1451 	    }
1452 
1453 	    /*
1454 	     * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd".
1455 	     * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()).
1456 	     */
1457 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1;
1458 	    del_lines(linecount, TRUE);
1459 	    curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount;	/* adjust '[ */
1460 	    curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount;		/* adjust '] */
1461 	    write_lnum_adjust(-linecount);		/* adjust last line
1462 							   for next write */
1463 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1464 	    foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum);
1465 #endif
1466 	}
1467 	else
1468 	{
1469 	    /*
1470 	     * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd".
1471 	     */
1472 	    linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1;
1473 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum;
1474 	}
1475 
1476 	beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);	    /* cursor on first non-blank */
1477 	--no_wait_return;
1478 
1479 	if (linecount > p_report)
1480 	{
1481 	    if (do_in)
1482 	    {
1483 		vim_snprintf(msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf),
1484 				    _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount);
1485 		if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll)
1486 		    /* save message to display it after redraw */
1487 		    set_keep_msg((char_u *)msg_buf, 0);
1488 	    }
1489 	    else
1490 		msgmore((long)linecount);
1491 	}
1492     }
1493     else
1494     {
1495 error:
1496 	/* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */
1497 	curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
1498 	--no_wait_return;
1499 	wait_return(FALSE);
1500     }
1501 
1502 filterend:
1503 
1504     if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1505     {
1506 	--no_wait_return;
1507 	emsg(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer"));
1508     }
1509     if (itmp != NULL)
1510 	mch_remove(itmp);
1511     if (otmp != NULL)
1512 	mch_remove(otmp);
1513     vim_free(itmp);
1514     vim_free(otmp);
1515 }
1516 
1517 /*
1518  * Call a shell to execute a command.
1519  * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell.
1520  */
1521     void
1522 do_shell(
1523     char_u	*cmd,
1524     int		flags)	/* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */
1525 {
1526     buf_T	*buf;
1527 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1528     int		save_nwr;
1529 #endif
1530 #ifdef MSWIN
1531     int		winstart = FALSE;
1532 #endif
1533 
1534     /*
1535      * Disallow shell commands for "rvim".
1536      * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for
1537      * security reasons.
1538      */
1539     if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
1540     {
1541 	msg_end();
1542 	return;
1543     }
1544 
1545 #ifdef MSWIN
1546     /*
1547      * Check if ":!start" is used.
1548      */
1549     if (cmd != NULL)
1550 	winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0);
1551 #endif
1552 
1553     /*
1554      * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to
1555      * avoid having to type return below.
1556      */
1557     msg_putchar('\r');			/* put cursor at start of line */
1558     if (!autocmd_busy)
1559     {
1560 #ifdef MSWIN
1561 	if (!winstart)
1562 #endif
1563 	    stoptermcap();
1564     }
1565 #ifdef MSWIN
1566     if (!winstart)
1567 #endif
1568 	msg_putchar('\n');		/* may shift screen one line up */
1569 
1570     /* warning message before calling the shell */
1571     if (p_warn && !autocmd_busy && msg_silent == 0)
1572 	FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
1573 	    if (bufIsChangedNotTerm(buf))
1574 	    {
1575 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1576 		if (!winstart)
1577 		    starttermcap();	/* don't want a message box here */
1578 #endif
1579 		msg_puts(_("[No write since last change]\n"));
1580 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1581 		if (!winstart)
1582 		    stoptermcap();
1583 #endif
1584 		break;
1585 	    }
1586 
1587     /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line
1588      * 1" command to the terminal. */
1589     if (!swapping_screen())
1590 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
1591     cursor_on();
1592     (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags);
1593     did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
1594     need_check_timestamps = TRUE;
1595 
1596     /*
1597      * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return()
1598      * to overwrite the text that the external command showed
1599      */
1600     if (!swapping_screen())
1601     {
1602 	msg_row = Rows - 1;
1603 	msg_col = 0;
1604     }
1605 
1606     if (autocmd_busy)
1607     {
1608 	if (msg_silent == 0)
1609 	    redraw_later_clear();
1610     }
1611     else
1612     {
1613 	/*
1614 	 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw.
1615 	 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window).
1616 	 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants
1617 	 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return().
1618 	 */
1619 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1620 	if (cmd == NULL
1621 # ifdef WIN3264
1622 		|| (winstart && !need_wait_return)
1623 # endif
1624 	   )
1625 	{
1626 	    if (msg_silent == 0)
1627 		redraw_later_clear();
1628 	    need_wait_return = FALSE;
1629 	}
1630 	else
1631 	{
1632 	    /*
1633 	     * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really
1634 	     * want to wait for "hit return to continue".
1635 	     */
1636 	    save_nwr = no_wait_return;
1637 	    if (swapping_screen())
1638 		no_wait_return = FALSE;
1639 # ifdef AMIGA
1640 	    wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0);	/* see below */
1641 # else
1642 	    wait_return(msg_silent == 0);
1643 # endif
1644 	    no_wait_return = save_nwr;
1645 	}
1646 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */
1647 
1648 #ifdef MSWIN
1649 	if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */
1650 #endif
1651 	    starttermcap();	/* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */
1652 
1653 	/*
1654 	 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size.
1655 	 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the
1656 	 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the
1657 	 * screen.  Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return().	THIS IS UGLY
1658 	 * but it saves an extra redraw.
1659 	 */
1660 #ifdef AMIGA
1661 	if (skip_redraw)		/* ':' hit in wait_return() */
1662 	{
1663 	    if (msg_silent == 0)
1664 		redraw_later_clear();
1665 	}
1666 	else if (term_console)
1667 	{
1668 	    OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q"));	/* get window size */
1669 	    if (got_int && msg_silent == 0)
1670 		redraw_later_clear();	/* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */
1671 	    else
1672 		must_redraw = 0;	/* no extra redraw needed */
1673 	}
1674 #endif
1675     }
1676 
1677     /* display any error messages now */
1678     display_errors();
1679 
1680     apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1681 }
1682 
1683 #if !defined(UNIX)
1684     static char_u *
1685 find_pipe(char_u *cmd)
1686 {
1687     char_u  *p;
1688     int	    inquote = FALSE;
1689 
1690     for (p = cmd; *p != NUL; ++p)
1691     {
1692 	if (!inquote && *p == '|')
1693 	    return p;
1694 	if (*p == '"')
1695 	    inquote = !inquote;
1696 	else if (rem_backslash(p))
1697 	    ++p;
1698     }
1699     return NULL;
1700 }
1701 #endif
1702 
1703 /*
1704  * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and
1705  * output redirection file.
1706  * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure.
1707  */
1708     char_u *
1709 make_filter_cmd(
1710     char_u	*cmd,		/* command */
1711     char_u	*itmp,		/* NULL or name of input file */
1712     char_u	*otmp)		/* NULL or name of output file */
1713 {
1714     char_u	*buf;
1715     long_u	len;
1716 
1717 #if defined(UNIX)
1718     int		is_fish_shell;
1719     char_u	*shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name();
1720 
1721     /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */
1722     is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0);
1723     vim_free(shell_name);
1724     if (is_fish_shell)
1725 	len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13;		/* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */
1726     else
1727 #endif
1728 	len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3;			/* "()" + NUL */
1729     if (itmp != NULL)
1730 	len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9;		/* " { < " + " } " */
1731     if (otmp != NULL)
1732 	len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* "  " */
1733     buf = lalloc(len, TRUE);
1734     if (buf == NULL)
1735 	return NULL;
1736 
1737 #if defined(UNIX)
1738     /*
1739      * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when
1740      * redirecting input and/or output.
1741      */
1742     if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL)
1743     {
1744 	if (is_fish_shell)
1745 	    vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd);
1746 	else
1747 	    vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd);
1748     }
1749     else
1750 	STRCPY(buf, cmd);
1751     if (itmp != NULL)
1752     {
1753 	STRCAT(buf, " < ");
1754 	STRCAT(buf, itmp);
1755     }
1756 #else
1757     /*
1758      * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow
1759      * the use of commands in a pipe.
1760      */
1761     STRCPY(buf, cmd);
1762     if (itmp != NULL)
1763     {
1764 	char_u	*p;
1765 
1766 	/*
1767 	 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it.
1768 	 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the
1769 	 * redirection would be inside the quotes.
1770 	 */
1771 	if (*p_shq == NUL)
1772 	{
1773 	    p = find_pipe(buf);
1774 	    if (p != NULL)
1775 		*p = NUL;
1776 	}
1777 	STRCAT(buf, " <");	/* " < " causes problems on Amiga */
1778 	STRCAT(buf, itmp);
1779 	if (*p_shq == NUL)
1780 	{
1781 	    p = find_pipe(cmd);
1782 	    if (p != NULL)
1783 	    {
1784 		STRCAT(buf, " ");   /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */
1785 		STRCAT(buf, p);
1786 	    }
1787 	}
1788     }
1789 #endif
1790     if (otmp != NULL)
1791 	append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp);
1792 
1793     return buf;
1794 }
1795 
1796 /*
1797  * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer
1798  * "buf[buflen]"
1799  * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options.
1800  * The caller should make sure that there is enough room:
1801  *	STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3
1802  */
1803     void
1804 append_redir(
1805     char_u	*buf,
1806     int		buflen,
1807     char_u	*opt,
1808     char_u	*fname)
1809 {
1810     char_u	*p;
1811     char_u	*end;
1812 
1813     end = buf + STRLEN(buf);
1814     /* find "%s" */
1815     for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p)
1816     {
1817 	if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */
1818 	    break;
1819 	if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */
1820 	    ++p;
1821     }
1822     if (p != NULL)
1823     {
1824 	*end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */
1825 	vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)),
1826 						  (char *)opt, (char *)fname);
1827     }
1828     else
1829 	vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)),
1830 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
1831 		" %s %s",
1832 #else
1833 		" %s%s",	/* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */
1834 #endif
1835 		(char *)opt, (char *)fname);
1836 }
1837 
1838 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO)
1839 
1840 static int read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing);
1841 static void write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out);
1842 static void write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out);
1843 static int  viminfo_errcnt;
1844 
1845     static int
1846 no_viminfo(void)
1847 {
1848     /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */
1849     return STRCMP(p_viminfofile, "NONE") == 0;
1850 }
1851 
1852 /*
1853  * Report an error for reading a viminfo file.
1854  * Count the number of errors.	When there are more than 10, return TRUE.
1855  */
1856     int
1857 viminfo_error(char *errnum, char *message, char_u *line)
1858 {
1859     vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "),
1860 							     errnum, message);
1861     STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1);
1862     if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n')
1863 	IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL;
1864     emsg((char *)IObuff);
1865     if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10)
1866     {
1867 	emsg(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file"));
1868 	return TRUE;
1869     }
1870     return FALSE;
1871 }
1872 
1873 /*
1874  * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file.  Registers etc. which are already
1875  * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb
1876  */
1877     int
1878 read_viminfo(
1879     char_u	*file,	    /* file name or NULL to use default name */
1880     int		flags)	    /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */
1881 {
1882     FILE	*fp;
1883     char_u	*fname;
1884 
1885     if (no_viminfo())
1886 	return FAIL;
1887 
1888     fname = viminfo_filename(file);	/* get file name in allocated buffer */
1889     if (fname == NULL)
1890 	return FAIL;
1891     fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN);
1892 
1893     if (p_verbose > 0)
1894     {
1895 	verbose_enter();
1896 	smsg(_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"),
1897 		fname,
1898 		(flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "",
1899 		(flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "",
1900 		(flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "",
1901 		fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : "");
1902 	verbose_leave();
1903     }
1904 
1905     vim_free(fname);
1906     if (fp == NULL)
1907 	return FAIL;
1908 
1909     viminfo_errcnt = 0;
1910     do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags);
1911 
1912     fclose(fp);
1913     return OK;
1914 }
1915 
1916 /*
1917  * Write the viminfo file.  The old one is read in first so that effectively a
1918  * merge of current info and old info is done.  This allows multiple vims to
1919  * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc.
1920  * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal
1921  * info is written to the file.
1922  */
1923     void
1924 write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit)
1925 {
1926     char_u	*fname;
1927     FILE	*fp_in = NULL;	/* input viminfo file, if any */
1928     FILE	*fp_out = NULL;	/* output viminfo file */
1929     char_u	*tempname = NULL;	/* name of temp viminfo file */
1930     stat_T	st_new;		/* mch_stat() of potential new file */
1931 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
1932     mode_t	umask_save;
1933 #endif
1934 #ifdef UNIX
1935     int		shortname = FALSE;	/* use 8.3 file name */
1936     stat_T	st_old;		/* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */
1937 #endif
1938 #ifdef WIN3264
1939     int		hidden = FALSE;
1940 #endif
1941 
1942     if (no_viminfo())
1943 	return;
1944 
1945     fname = viminfo_filename(file);	/* may set to default if NULL */
1946     if (fname == NULL)
1947 	return;
1948 
1949     fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN);
1950     if (fp_in == NULL)
1951     {
1952 	int fd;
1953 
1954 	/* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */
1955 	if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0)
1956 	    goto end;
1957 
1958 	/* Create the new .viminfo non-accessible for others, because it may
1959 	 * contain text from non-accessible documents. It is up to the user to
1960 	 * widen access (e.g. to a group). This may also fail if there is a
1961 	 * race condition, then just give up. */
1962 	fd = mch_open((char *)fname,
1963 			    O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
1964 	if (fd < 0)
1965 	    goto end;
1966 	fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN);
1967     }
1968     else
1969     {
1970 	/*
1971 	 * There is an existing viminfo file.  Create a temporary file to
1972 	 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the
1973 	 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed once all writing is
1974 	 * successful.
1975 	 */
1976 #ifdef UNIX
1977 	/*
1978 	 * For Unix we check the owner of the file.  It's not very nice to
1979 	 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a
1980 	 * viminfo file that the user can't read.
1981 	 */
1982 	st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0;
1983 	st_old.st_ino = 0;
1984 	st_old.st_mode = 0600;
1985 	if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0
1986 		&& getuid() != ROOT_UID
1987 		&& !(st_old.st_uid == getuid()
1988 			? (st_old.st_mode & 0200)
1989 			: (st_old.st_gid == getgid()
1990 				? (st_old.st_mode & 0020)
1991 				: (st_old.st_mode & 0002))))
1992 	{
1993 	    int	tt = msg_didany;
1994 
1995 	    /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */
1996 	    semsg(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname);
1997 	    msg_didany = tt;
1998 	    fclose(fp_in);
1999 	    goto end;
2000 	}
2001 #endif
2002 #ifdef WIN3264
2003 	/* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */
2004 	hidden = mch_ishidden(fname);
2005 #endif
2006 
2007 	/*
2008 	 * Make tempname, find one that does not exist yet.
2009 	 * Beware of a race condition: If someone logs out and all Vim
2010 	 * instances exit at the same time a temp file might be created between
2011 	 * stat() and open().  Use mch_open() with O_EXCL to avoid that.
2012 	 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in
2013 	 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem.
2014 	 */
2015 	for (;;)
2016 	{
2017 	    int		next_char = 'z';
2018 	    char_u	*wp;
2019 
2020 	    tempname = buf_modname(
2021 #ifdef UNIX
2022 				    shortname,
2023 #else
2024 				    FALSE,
2025 #endif
2026 				    fname,
2027 #ifdef VMS
2028 				    (char_u *)"-tmp",
2029 #else
2030 				    (char_u *)".tmp",
2031 #endif
2032 				    FALSE);
2033 	    if (tempname == NULL)		/* out of memory */
2034 		break;
2035 
2036 	    /*
2037 	     * Try a series of names.  Change one character, just before
2038 	     * the extension.  This should also work for an 8.3
2039 	     * file name, when after adding the extension it still is
2040 	     * the same file as the original.
2041 	     */
2042 	    wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5;
2043 	    if (wp < gettail(tempname))	    /* empty file name? */
2044 		wp = gettail(tempname);
2045 	    for (;;)
2046 	    {
2047 		/*
2048 		 * Check if tempfile already exists.  Never overwrite an
2049 		 * existing file!
2050 		 */
2051 		if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0)
2052 		{
2053 #ifdef UNIX
2054 		    /*
2055 		     * Check if tempfile is same as original file.  May happen
2056 		     * when modname() gave the same file back.  E.g.  silly
2057 		     * link, or file name-length reached.  Try again with
2058 		     * shortname set.
2059 		     */
2060 		    if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev
2061 						&& st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino)
2062 		    {
2063 			VIM_CLEAR(tempname);
2064 			shortname = TRUE;
2065 			break;
2066 		    }
2067 #endif
2068 		}
2069 		else
2070 		{
2071 		    /* Try creating the file exclusively.  This may fail if
2072 		     * another Vim tries to do it at the same time. */
2073 #ifdef VMS
2074 		    /* fdopen() fails for some reason */
2075 		    umask_save = umask(077);
2076 		    fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN);
2077 		    (void)umask(umask_save);
2078 #else
2079 		    int	fd;
2080 
2081 		    /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file
2082 		     * protection:
2083 		     * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit.  Reset
2084 		     * umask to avoid it getting in the way.
2085 		     * Others: r&w for user only. */
2086 # ifdef UNIX
2087 		    umask_save = umask(0);
2088 		    fd = mch_open((char *)tempname,
2089 			    O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW,
2090 					(int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600));
2091 		    (void)umask(umask_save);
2092 # else
2093 		    fd = mch_open((char *)tempname,
2094 			     O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
2095 # endif
2096 		    if (fd < 0)
2097 		    {
2098 			fp_out = NULL;
2099 # ifdef EEXIST
2100 			/* Avoid trying lots of names while the problem is lack
2101 			 * of premission, only retry if the file already
2102 			 * exists. */
2103 			if (errno != EEXIST)
2104 			    break;
2105 # endif
2106 		    }
2107 		    else
2108 			fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN);
2109 #endif /* VMS */
2110 		    if (fp_out != NULL)
2111 			break;
2112 		}
2113 
2114 		/* Assume file exists, try again with another name. */
2115 		if (next_char == 'a' - 1)
2116 		{
2117 		    /* They all exist?  Must be something wrong! Don't write
2118 		     * the viminfo file then. */
2119 		    semsg(_("E929: Too many viminfo temp files, like %s!"),
2120 								     tempname);
2121 		    break;
2122 		}
2123 		*wp = next_char;
2124 		--next_char;
2125 	    }
2126 
2127 	    if (tempname != NULL)
2128 		break;
2129 	    /* continue if shortname was set */
2130 	}
2131 
2132 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
2133 	if (tempname != NULL && fp_out != NULL)
2134 	{
2135 		stat_T	tmp_st;
2136 
2137 	    /*
2138 	     * Make sure the original owner can read/write the tempfile and
2139 	     * otherwise preserve permissions, making sure the group matches.
2140 	     */
2141 	    if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &tmp_st) >= 0)
2142 	    {
2143 		if (st_old.st_uid != tmp_st.st_uid)
2144 		    /* Changing the owner might fail, in which case the
2145 		     * file will now owned by the current user, oh well. */
2146 		    vim_ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, -1);
2147 		if (st_old.st_gid != tmp_st.st_gid
2148 			&& fchown(fileno(fp_out), -1, st_old.st_gid) == -1)
2149 		    /* can't set the group to what it should be, remove
2150 		     * group permissions */
2151 		    (void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600);
2152 	    }
2153 	    else
2154 		/* can't stat the file, set conservative permissions */
2155 		(void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600);
2156 	}
2157 #endif
2158     }
2159 
2160     /*
2161      * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to.
2162      */
2163     if (fp_out == NULL)
2164     {
2165 	semsg(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"),
2166 		       (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname);
2167 	if (fp_in != NULL)
2168 	    fclose(fp_in);
2169 	goto end;
2170     }
2171 
2172     if (p_verbose > 0)
2173     {
2174 	verbose_enter();
2175 	smsg(_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname);
2176 	verbose_leave();
2177     }
2178 
2179     viminfo_errcnt = 0;
2180     do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS));
2181 
2182     if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF)
2183 	++viminfo_errcnt;
2184 
2185     if (fp_in != NULL)
2186     {
2187 	fclose(fp_in);
2188 
2189 	/* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file.  Otherwise
2190 	 * rename the newly written file.  Give an error if that fails. */
2191 	if (viminfo_errcnt == 0)
2192 	{
2193 	    if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1)
2194 	    {
2195 		++viminfo_errcnt;
2196 		semsg(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname);
2197 	    }
2198 # ifdef WIN3264
2199 	    /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */
2200 	    else if (hidden)
2201 		mch_hide(fname);
2202 # endif
2203 	}
2204 	if (viminfo_errcnt > 0)
2205 	    mch_remove(tempname);
2206     }
2207 
2208 end:
2209     vim_free(fname);
2210     vim_free(tempname);
2211 }
2212 
2213 /*
2214  * Get the viminfo file name to use.
2215  * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by
2216  * cmdline functions).
2217  * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and
2218  * expand environment variables.
2219  * Returns an allocated string.  NULL when out of memory.
2220  */
2221     static char_u *
2222 viminfo_filename(char_u *file)
2223 {
2224     if (file == NULL || *file == NUL)
2225     {
2226 	if (*p_viminfofile != NUL)
2227 	    file = p_viminfofile;
2228 	else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL)
2229 	{
2230 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2
2231 # ifdef VMS
2232 	    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL)
2233 # else
2234 #  ifdef MSWIN
2235 	    /* Use $VIM only if $HOME is the default "C:/". */
2236 	    if (STRCMP(vim_getenv((char_u *)"HOME", NULL), "C:/") == 0
2237 		    && mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL)
2238 #  else
2239 	    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL)
2240 #  endif
2241 # endif
2242 	    {
2243 		/* don't use $VIM when not available. */
2244 		expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
2245 		if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0)  /* $VIM was expanded */
2246 		    file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2;
2247 		else
2248 		    file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE;
2249 	    }
2250 	    else
2251 #endif
2252 		file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE;
2253 	}
2254 	expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
2255 	file = NameBuff;
2256     }
2257     return vim_strsave(file);
2258 }
2259 
2260 /*
2261  * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo().
2262  */
2263     static void
2264 do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags)
2265 {
2266     int		eof = FALSE;
2267     vir_T	vir;
2268     int		merge = FALSE;
2269     int		do_copy_marks = FALSE;
2270     garray_T	buflist;
2271 
2272     if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL)
2273 	return;
2274     vir.vir_fd = fp_in;
2275     vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
2276     ga_init2(&vir.vir_barlines, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100);
2277     vir.vir_version = -1;
2278 
2279     if (fp_in != NULL)
2280     {
2281 	if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO)
2282 	{
2283 	    if (fp_out != NULL)
2284 	    {
2285 		/* Registers and marks are read and kept separate from what
2286 		 * this Vim is using.  They are merged when writing. */
2287 		prepare_viminfo_registers();
2288 		prepare_viminfo_marks();
2289 	    }
2290 
2291 	    eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir,
2292 					 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL);
2293 	    merge = TRUE;
2294 	}
2295 	else if (flags != 0)
2296 	    /* Skip info, find start of marks */
2297 	    while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir))
2298 		    && vir.vir_line[0] != '>')
2299 		;
2300 
2301 	do_copy_marks = (flags &
2302 			   (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT));
2303     }
2304 
2305     if (fp_out != NULL)
2306     {
2307 	/* Write the info: */
2308 	fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"),
2309 							  VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM);
2310 	fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out);
2311 	write_viminfo_version(fp_out);
2312 	fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out);
2313 	fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc);
2314 	write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out);
2315 	write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out);
2316 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2317 	write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge);
2318 #endif
2319 	write_viminfo_registers(fp_out);
2320 	finish_viminfo_registers();
2321 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2322 	write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out);
2323 #endif
2324 	write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out);
2325 	finish_viminfo_marks();
2326 	write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out);
2327 	write_viminfo_barlines(&vir, fp_out);
2328 
2329 	if (do_copy_marks)
2330 	    ga_init2(&buflist, sizeof(buf_T *), 50);
2331 	write_viminfo_marks(fp_out, do_copy_marks ? &buflist : NULL);
2332     }
2333 
2334     if (do_copy_marks)
2335     {
2336 	copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, &buflist, eof, flags);
2337 	if (fp_out != NULL)
2338 	    ga_clear(&buflist);
2339     }
2340 
2341     vim_free(vir.vir_line);
2342     if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
2343 	convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL);
2344     ga_clear_strings(&vir.vir_barlines);
2345 }
2346 
2347 /*
2348  * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo().  Reads in the
2349  * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that
2350  * are local to a file.  Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb
2351  */
2352     static int
2353 read_viminfo_up_to_marks(
2354     vir_T	*virp,
2355     int		forceit,
2356     int		writing)
2357 {
2358     int		eof;
2359     buf_T	*buf;
2360     int		got_encoding = FALSE;
2361 
2362 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2363     prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing);
2364 #endif
2365 
2366     eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2367     while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>')
2368     {
2369 	switch (virp->vir_line[0])
2370 	{
2371 		/* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */
2372 	    case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */
2373 	    case '^': /* to be defined */
2374 	    case '<': /* long line - ignored */
2375 		/* A comment or empty line. */
2376 	    case NUL:
2377 	    case '\r':
2378 	    case '\n':
2379 	    case '#':
2380 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2381 		break;
2382 	    case '|':
2383 		eof = read_viminfo_barline(virp, got_encoding,
2384 							    forceit, writing);
2385 		break;
2386 	    case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */
2387 		got_encoding = TRUE;
2388 		eof = viminfo_encoding(virp);
2389 		break;
2390 	    case '!': /* global variable */
2391 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2392 		eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing);
2393 #else
2394 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2395 #endif
2396 		break;
2397 	    case '%': /* entry for buffer list */
2398 		eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing);
2399 		break;
2400 	    case '"':
2401 		/* When registers are in bar lines skip the old style register
2402 		 * lines. */
2403 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_REGISTERS)
2404 		    eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit);
2405 		else
2406 		    do {
2407 			eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2408 		    } while (!eof && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB
2409 						|| virp->vir_line[0] == '<'));
2410 		break;
2411 	    case '/':	    /* Search string */
2412 	    case '&':	    /* Substitute search string */
2413 	    case '~':	    /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */
2414 		eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit);
2415 		break;
2416 	    case '$':
2417 		eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit);
2418 		break;
2419 	    case ':':
2420 	    case '?':
2421 	    case '=':
2422 	    case '@':
2423 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2424 		/* When history is in bar lines skip the old style history
2425 		 * lines. */
2426 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_HISTORY)
2427 		    eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing);
2428 		else
2429 #endif
2430 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2431 		break;
2432 	    case '-':
2433 	    case '\'':
2434 		/* When file marks are in bar lines skip the old style lines. */
2435 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_MARKS)
2436 		    eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit);
2437 		else
2438 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2439 		break;
2440 	    default:
2441 		if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"),
2442 			    virp->vir_line))
2443 		    eof = TRUE;
2444 		else
2445 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2446 		break;
2447 	}
2448     }
2449 
2450 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2451     /* Finish reading history items. */
2452     if (!writing)
2453 	finish_viminfo_history(virp);
2454 #endif
2455 
2456     /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */
2457     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
2458 	fmarks_check_names(buf);
2459 
2460     return eof;
2461 }
2462 
2463 /*
2464  * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of
2465  * 'encoding'.  If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for
2466  * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring().
2467  */
2468     static int
2469 viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp)
2470 {
2471     char_u	*p;
2472     int		i;
2473 
2474     if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0)
2475     {
2476 	p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '=');
2477 	if (p != NULL)
2478 	{
2479 	    /* remove trailing newline */
2480 	    ++p;
2481 	    for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i)
2482 		;
2483 	    p[i] = NUL;
2484 
2485 	    convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc);
2486 	}
2487     }
2488     return viminfo_readline(virp);
2489 }
2490 
2491 /*
2492  * Read a line from the viminfo file.
2493  * Returns TRUE for end-of-file;
2494  */
2495     int
2496 viminfo_readline(vir_T *virp)
2497 {
2498     return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd);
2499 }
2500 
2501 /*
2502  * Check string read from viminfo file.
2503  * Remove '\n' at the end of the line.
2504  * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V
2505  * - replace CTRL-V 'n'    with '\n'
2506  *
2507  * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring().
2508  *
2509  * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory).
2510  */
2511     char_u *
2512 viminfo_readstring(
2513     vir_T	*virp,
2514     int		off,		    /* offset for virp->vir_line */
2515     int		convert UNUSED)	    /* convert the string */
2516 {
2517     char_u	*retval;
2518     char_u	*s, *d;
2519     long	len;
2520 
2521     if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1]))
2522     {
2523 	len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1);
2524 	retval = lalloc(len, TRUE);
2525 	if (retval == NULL)
2526 	{
2527 	    /* Line too long?  File messed up?  Skip next line. */
2528 	    (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd);
2529 	    return NULL;
2530 	}
2531 	(void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd);
2532 	s = retval + 1;	    /* Skip the leading '<' */
2533     }
2534     else
2535     {
2536 	retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off);
2537 	if (retval == NULL)
2538 	    return NULL;
2539 	s = retval;
2540     }
2541 
2542     /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */
2543     d = retval;
2544     while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n')
2545     {
2546 	if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL)
2547 	{
2548 	    if (s[1] == 'n')
2549 		*d++ = '\n';
2550 	    else
2551 		*d++ = Ctrl_V;
2552 	    s += 2;
2553 	}
2554 	else
2555 	    *d++ = *s++;
2556     }
2557     *d = NUL;
2558 
2559     if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL)
2560     {
2561 	d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL);
2562 	if (d != NULL)
2563 	{
2564 	    vim_free(retval);
2565 	    retval = d;
2566 	}
2567     }
2568 
2569     return retval;
2570 }
2571 
2572 /*
2573  * write string to viminfo file
2574  * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V
2575  * - replace '\n'   with CTRL-V 'n'
2576  * - add a '\n' at the end
2577  *
2578  * For a long line:
2579  * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line
2580  * - write " < <string> \n "	  in second line
2581  */
2582     void
2583 viminfo_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *p)
2584 {
2585     int		c;
2586     char_u	*s;
2587     int		len = 0;
2588 
2589     for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s)
2590     {
2591 	if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n')
2592 	    ++len;
2593 	++len;
2594     }
2595 
2596     /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next
2597      * line.  Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before
2598      * the string (e.g., variable name).  Add something to the length for the
2599      * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */
2600     if (len > LSIZE / 2)
2601 	fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3);
2602 
2603     while ((c = *p++) != NUL)
2604     {
2605 	if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n')
2606 	{
2607 	    putc(Ctrl_V, fd);
2608 	    if (c == '\n')
2609 		c = 'n';
2610 	}
2611 	putc(c, fd);
2612     }
2613     putc('\n', fd);
2614 }
2615 
2616 /*
2617  * Write a string in quotes that barline_parse() can read back.
2618  * Breaks the line in less than LSIZE pieces when needed.
2619  * Returns remaining characters in the line.
2620  */
2621     int
2622 barline_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *s, int remaining_start)
2623 {
2624     char_u *p;
2625     int	    remaining = remaining_start;
2626     int	    len = 2;
2627 
2628     /* Count the number of characters produced, including quotes. */
2629     for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p)
2630     {
2631 	if (*p == NL)
2632 	    len += 2;
2633 	else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\')
2634 	    len += 2;
2635 	else
2636 	    ++len;
2637     }
2638     if (len > remaining - 2)
2639     {
2640 	fprintf(fd, ">%d\n|<", len);
2641 	remaining = LSIZE - 20;
2642     }
2643 
2644     putc('"', fd);
2645     for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p)
2646     {
2647 	if (*p == NL)
2648 	{
2649 	    putc('\\', fd);
2650 	    putc('n', fd);
2651 	    --remaining;
2652 	}
2653 	else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\')
2654 	{
2655 	    putc('\\', fd);
2656 	    putc(*p, fd);
2657 	    --remaining;
2658 	}
2659 	else
2660 	    putc(*p, fd);
2661 	--remaining;
2662 
2663 	if (remaining < 3)
2664 	{
2665 	    putc('\n', fd);
2666 	    putc('|', fd);
2667 	    putc('<', fd);
2668 	    /* Leave enough space for another continuation. */
2669 	    remaining = LSIZE - 20;
2670 	}
2671     }
2672     putc('"', fd);
2673     return remaining - 2;
2674 }
2675 
2676 /*
2677  * Parse a viminfo line starting with '|'.
2678  * Add each decoded value to "values".
2679  * Returns TRUE if the next line is to be read after using the parsed values.
2680  */
2681     static int
2682 barline_parse(vir_T *virp, char_u *text, garray_T *values)
2683 {
2684     char_u  *p = text;
2685     char_u  *nextp = NULL;
2686     char_u  *buf = NULL;
2687     bval_T  *value;
2688     int	    i;
2689     int	    allocated = FALSE;
2690     int	    eof;
2691     char_u  *sconv;
2692     int	    converted;
2693 
2694     while (*p == ',')
2695     {
2696 	++p;
2697 	if (ga_grow(values, 1) == FAIL)
2698 	    break;
2699 	value = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + values->ga_len;
2700 
2701 	if (*p == '>')
2702 	{
2703 	    /* Need to read a continuation line.  Put strings in allocated
2704 	     * memory, because virp->vir_line is overwritten. */
2705 	    if (!allocated)
2706 	    {
2707 		for (i = 0; i < values->ga_len; ++i)
2708 		{
2709 		    bval_T  *vp = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + i;
2710 
2711 		    if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && !vp->bv_allocated)
2712 		    {
2713 			vp->bv_string = vim_strnsave(vp->bv_string, vp->bv_len);
2714 			vp->bv_allocated = TRUE;
2715 		    }
2716 		}
2717 		allocated = TRUE;
2718 	    }
2719 
2720 	    if (vim_isdigit(p[1]))
2721 	    {
2722 		size_t len;
2723 		size_t todo;
2724 		size_t n;
2725 
2726 		/* String value was split into lines that are each shorter
2727 		 * than LSIZE:
2728 		 *     |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"}
2729 		 *     |<"{text1}
2730 		 *     |<{text2}",{value}
2731 		 * Length includes the quotes.
2732 		 */
2733 		++p;
2734 		len = getdigits(&p);
2735 		buf = alloc((int)(len + 1));
2736 		if (buf == NULL)
2737 		    return TRUE;
2738 		p = buf;
2739 		for (todo = len; todo > 0; todo -= n)
2740 		{
2741 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2742 		    if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|'
2743 						  || virp->vir_line[1] != '<')
2744 		    {
2745 			/* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if
2746 			 * this one starts with '|'. */
2747 			vim_free(buf);
2748 			return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|';
2749 		    }
2750 		    /* Get length of text, excluding |< and NL chars. */
2751 		    n = STRLEN(virp->vir_line);
2752 		    while (n > 0 && (virp->vir_line[n - 1] == NL
2753 					     || virp->vir_line[n - 1] == CAR))
2754 			--n;
2755 		    n -= 2;
2756 		    if (n > todo)
2757 		    {
2758 			/* more values follow after the string */
2759 			nextp = virp->vir_line + 2 + todo;
2760 			n = todo;
2761 		    }
2762 		    mch_memmove(p, virp->vir_line + 2, n);
2763 		    p += n;
2764 		}
2765 		*p = NUL;
2766 		p = buf;
2767 	    }
2768 	    else
2769 	    {
2770 		/* Line ending in ">" continues in the next line:
2771 		 *     |{bartype},{lots of values},>
2772 		 *     |<{value},{value}
2773 		 */
2774 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2775 		if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|'
2776 					      || virp->vir_line[1] != '<')
2777 		    /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if
2778 		     * this one starts with '|'. */
2779 		    return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|';
2780 		p = virp->vir_line + 2;
2781 	    }
2782 	}
2783 
2784 	if (isdigit(*p))
2785 	{
2786 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_NR;
2787 	    value->bv_nr = getdigits(&p);
2788 	    ++values->ga_len;
2789 	}
2790 	else if (*p == '"')
2791 	{
2792 	    int	    len = 0;
2793 	    char_u  *s = p;
2794 
2795 	    /* Unescape special characters in-place. */
2796 	    ++p;
2797 	    while (*p != '"')
2798 	    {
2799 		if (*p == NL || *p == NUL)
2800 		    return TRUE;  /* syntax error, drop the value */
2801 		if (*p == '\\')
2802 		{
2803 		    ++p;
2804 		    if (*p == 'n')
2805 			s[len++] = '\n';
2806 		    else
2807 			s[len++] = *p;
2808 		    ++p;
2809 		}
2810 		else
2811 		    s[len++] = *p++;
2812 	    }
2813 	    ++p;
2814 	    s[len] = NUL;
2815 
2816 	    converted = FALSE;
2817 	    if (virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *s != NUL)
2818 	    {
2819 		sconv = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, s, NULL);
2820 		if (sconv != NULL)
2821 		{
2822 		    if (s == buf)
2823 			vim_free(s);
2824 		    s = sconv;
2825 		    buf = s;
2826 		    converted = TRUE;
2827 		}
2828 	    }
2829 
2830 	    /* Need to copy in allocated memory if the string wasn't allocated
2831 	     * above and we did allocate before, thus vir_line may change. */
2832 	    if (s != buf && allocated)
2833 		s = vim_strsave(s);
2834 	    value->bv_string = s;
2835 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_STRING;
2836 	    value->bv_len = len;
2837 	    value->bv_allocated = allocated || converted;
2838 	    ++values->ga_len;
2839 	    if (nextp != NULL)
2840 	    {
2841 		/* values following a long string */
2842 		p = nextp;
2843 		nextp = NULL;
2844 	    }
2845 	}
2846 	else if (*p == ',')
2847 	{
2848 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_EMPTY;
2849 	    ++values->ga_len;
2850 	}
2851 	else
2852 	    break;
2853     }
2854     return TRUE;
2855 }
2856 
2857     static int
2858 read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing)
2859 {
2860     char_u	*p = virp->vir_line + 1;
2861     int		bartype;
2862     garray_T	values;
2863     bval_T	*vp;
2864     int		i;
2865     int		read_next = TRUE;
2866 
2867     /* The format is: |{bartype},{value},...
2868      * For a very long string:
2869      *     |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"}
2870      *     |<{text1}
2871      *     |<{text2},{value}
2872      * For a long line not using a string
2873      *     |{bartype},{lots of values},>
2874      *     |<{value},{value}
2875      */
2876     if (*p == '<')
2877     {
2878 	/* Continuation line of an unrecognized item. */
2879 	if (writing)
2880 	    ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line);
2881     }
2882     else
2883     {
2884 	ga_init2(&values, sizeof(bval_T), 20);
2885 	bartype = getdigits(&p);
2886 	switch (bartype)
2887 	{
2888 	    case BARTYPE_VERSION:
2889 		/* Only use the version when it comes before the encoding.
2890 		 * If it comes later it was copied by a Vim version that
2891 		 * doesn't understand the version. */
2892 		if (!got_encoding)
2893 		{
2894 		    read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2895 		    vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data;
2896 		    if (values.ga_len > 0 && vp->bv_type == BVAL_NR)
2897 			virp->vir_version = vp->bv_nr;
2898 		}
2899 		break;
2900 
2901 	    case BARTYPE_HISTORY:
2902 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2903 		handle_viminfo_history(&values, writing);
2904 		break;
2905 
2906 	    case BARTYPE_REGISTER:
2907 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2908 		handle_viminfo_register(&values, force);
2909 		break;
2910 
2911 	    case BARTYPE_MARK:
2912 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2913 		handle_viminfo_mark(&values, force);
2914 		break;
2915 
2916 	    default:
2917 		/* copy unrecognized line (for future use) */
2918 		if (writing)
2919 		    ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line);
2920 	}
2921 	for (i = 0; i < values.ga_len; ++i)
2922 	{
2923 	    vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data + i;
2924 	    if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && vp->bv_allocated)
2925 		vim_free(vp->bv_string);
2926 	}
2927 	ga_clear(&values);
2928     }
2929 
2930     if (read_next)
2931 	return viminfo_readline(virp);
2932     return FALSE;
2933 }
2934 
2935     static void
2936 write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out)
2937 {
2938     fprintf(fp_out, "# Viminfo version\n|%d,%d\n\n",
2939 					    BARTYPE_VERSION, VIMINFO_VERSION);
2940 }
2941 
2942     static void
2943 write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out)
2944 {
2945     int		i;
2946     garray_T	*gap = &virp->vir_barlines;
2947     int		seen_useful = FALSE;
2948     char	*line;
2949 
2950     if (gap->ga_len > 0)
2951     {
2952 	fputs(_("\n# Bar lines, copied verbatim:\n"), fp_out);
2953 
2954 	/* Skip over continuation lines until seeing a useful line. */
2955 	for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
2956 	{
2957 	    line = ((char **)(gap->ga_data))[i];
2958 	    if (seen_useful || line[1] != '<')
2959 	    {
2960 		fputs(line, fp_out);
2961 		seen_useful = TRUE;
2962 	    }
2963 	}
2964     }
2965 }
2966 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */
2967 
2968 /*
2969  * Return the current time in seconds.  Calls time(), unless test_settime()
2970  * was used.
2971  */
2972     time_T
2973 vim_time(void)
2974 {
2975 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2976     return time_for_testing == 0 ? time(NULL) : time_for_testing;
2977 # else
2978     return time(NULL);
2979 # endif
2980 }
2981 
2982 /*
2983  * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty().
2984  *  <BS>    resulting <Del>
2985  *   ^?		^H
2986  * not ^?	^?
2987  */
2988     void
2989 do_fixdel(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
2990 {
2991     char_u  *p;
2992 
2993     p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb");
2994     add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL
2995 	    && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE);
2996 }
2997 
2998     void
2999 print_line_no_prefix(
3000     linenr_T	lnum,
3001     int		use_number,
3002     int		list)
3003 {
3004     char	numbuf[30];
3005 
3006     if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number)
3007     {
3008 	vim_snprintf(numbuf, sizeof(numbuf),
3009 				   "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum);
3010 	msg_puts_attr(numbuf, HL_ATTR(HLF_N));	/* Highlight line nrs */
3011     }
3012     msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list);
3013 }
3014 
3015 /*
3016  * Print a text line.  Also in silent mode ("ex -s").
3017  */
3018     void
3019 print_line(linenr_T lnum, int use_number, int list)
3020 {
3021     int		save_silent = silent_mode;
3022 
3023     /* apply :filter /pat/ */
3024     if (message_filtered(ml_get(lnum)))
3025 	return;
3026 
3027     msg_start();
3028     silent_mode = FALSE;
3029     info_message = TRUE;	/* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */
3030     print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list);
3031     if (save_silent)
3032     {
3033 	msg_putchar('\n');
3034 	cursor_on();		/* msg_start() switches it off */
3035 	out_flush();
3036 	silent_mode = save_silent;
3037     }
3038     info_message = FALSE;
3039 }
3040 
3041     int
3042 rename_buffer(char_u *new_fname)
3043 {
3044     char_u	*fname, *sfname, *xfname;
3045     buf_T	*buf;
3046 
3047     buf = curbuf;
3048     apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3049     /* buffer changed, don't change name now */
3050     if (buf != curbuf)
3051 	return FAIL;
3052 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3053     if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
3054 	return FAIL;
3055 #endif
3056     /*
3057      * The name of the current buffer will be changed.
3058      * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file
3059      * name, which will become the alternate file name.
3060      * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a
3061      * name.
3062      */
3063     fname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3064     sfname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3065     xfname = curbuf->b_fname;
3066     curbuf->b_ffname = NULL;
3067     curbuf->b_sfname = NULL;
3068     if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL)
3069     {
3070 	curbuf->b_ffname = fname;
3071 	curbuf->b_sfname = sfname;
3072 	return FAIL;
3073     }
3074     curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED;
3075     if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL)
3076     {
3077 	buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
3078 	if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt)
3079 	    curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum;
3080     }
3081     vim_free(fname);
3082     vim_free(sfname);
3083     apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3084 
3085     /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
3086     DO_AUTOCHDIR;
3087     return OK;
3088 }
3089 
3090 /*
3091  * ":file[!] [fname]".
3092  */
3093     void
3094 ex_file(exarg_T *eap)
3095 {
3096     /* ":0file" removes the file name.  Check for illegal uses ":3file",
3097      * "0file name", etc. */
3098     if (eap->addr_count > 0
3099 	    && (*eap->arg != NUL
3100 		|| eap->line2 > 0
3101 		|| eap->addr_count > 1))
3102     {
3103 	emsg(_(e_invarg));
3104 	return;
3105     }
3106 
3107     if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1)
3108     {
3109 	if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL)
3110 	    return;
3111 	redraw_tabline = TRUE;
3112     }
3113 
3114     // print file name if no argument or 'F' is not in 'shortmess'
3115     if (*eap->arg == NUL || !shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
3116 	fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit);
3117 }
3118 
3119 /*
3120  * ":update".
3121  */
3122     void
3123 ex_update(exarg_T *eap)
3124 {
3125     if (curbufIsChanged())
3126 	(void)do_write(eap);
3127 }
3128 
3129 /*
3130  * ":write" and ":saveas".
3131  */
3132     void
3133 ex_write(exarg_T *eap)
3134 {
3135     if (eap->usefilter)		/* input lines to shell command */
3136 	do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
3137     else
3138 	(void)do_write(eap);
3139 }
3140 
3141 /*
3142  * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg'
3143  * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file
3144  *
3145  * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file
3146  *
3147  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
3148  */
3149     int
3150 do_write(exarg_T *eap)
3151 {
3152     int		other;
3153     char_u	*fname = NULL;		/* init to shut up gcc */
3154     char_u	*ffname;
3155     int		retval = FAIL;
3156     char_u	*free_fname = NULL;
3157 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3158     char_u	*browse_file = NULL;
3159 #endif
3160     buf_T	*alt_buf = NULL;
3161     int		name_was_missing;
3162 
3163     if (not_writing())		/* check 'write' option */
3164 	return FAIL;
3165 
3166     ffname = eap->arg;
3167 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3168     if (cmdmod.browse)
3169     {
3170 	browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname,
3171 						    NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf);
3172 	if (browse_file == NULL)
3173 	    goto theend;
3174 	ffname = browse_file;
3175     }
3176 #endif
3177     if (*ffname == NUL)
3178     {
3179 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3180 	{
3181 	    emsg(_(e_argreq));
3182 	    goto theend;
3183 	}
3184 	other = FALSE;
3185     }
3186     else
3187     {
3188 	fname = ffname;
3189 	free_fname = fix_fname(ffname);
3190 	/*
3191 	 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be
3192 	 * able to write the file in this situation.
3193 	 */
3194 	if (free_fname != NULL)
3195 	    ffname = free_fname;
3196 	other = otherfile(ffname);
3197     }
3198 
3199     /*
3200      * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names.
3201      */
3202     if (other)
3203     {
3204 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL
3205 						 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3206 	    alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1);
3207 	else
3208 	    alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname);
3209 	if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
3210 	{
3211 	    /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a
3212 	     * good idea. */
3213 	    emsg(_(e_bufloaded));
3214 	    goto theend;
3215 	}
3216     }
3217 
3218     /*
3219      * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode
3220      * and a file name is required.
3221      * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either.
3222      */
3223     if (!other && (
3224 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
3225 		bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) ||
3226 #endif
3227 		check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf)))
3228 	goto theend;
3229 
3230     if (!other)
3231     {
3232 	ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3233 	fname = curbuf->b_fname;
3234 	/*
3235 	 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'.
3236 	 */
3237 	if (	   (eap->line1 != 1
3238 		    || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3239 		&& !eap->forceit
3240 		&& !eap->append
3241 		&& !p_wa)
3242 	{
3243 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3244 	    if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3245 	    {
3246 		if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL,
3247 			       (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES)
3248 		    goto theend;
3249 		eap->forceit = TRUE;
3250 	    }
3251 	    else
3252 #endif
3253 	    {
3254 		emsg(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer"));
3255 		goto theend;
3256 	    }
3257 	}
3258     }
3259 
3260     if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK)
3261     {
3262 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL)
3263 	{
3264 	    buf_T	*was_curbuf = curbuf;
3265 
3266 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3267 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3268 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3269 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting())
3270 #else
3271 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf)
3272 #endif
3273 	    {
3274 		/* buffer changed, don't change name now */
3275 		retval = FAIL;
3276 		goto theend;
3277 	    }
3278 	    /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate
3279 	     * buffer.  This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer
3280 	     * under the new name.  Must be done before buf_write(), because
3281 	     * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set
3282 	     * the file name. */
3283 	    fname = alt_buf->b_fname;
3284 	    alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname;
3285 	    curbuf->b_fname = fname;
3286 	    fname = alt_buf->b_ffname;
3287 	    alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3288 	    curbuf->b_ffname = fname;
3289 	    fname = alt_buf->b_sfname;
3290 	    alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3291 	    curbuf->b_sfname = fname;
3292 	    buf_name_changed(curbuf);
3293 
3294 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3295 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3296 	    if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl)
3297 	    {
3298 		alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE;
3299 		apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3300 	    }
3301 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3302 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting())
3303 #else
3304 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf)
3305 #endif
3306 	    {
3307 		/* buffer changed, don't write the file */
3308 		retval = FAIL;
3309 		goto theend;
3310 	    }
3311 
3312 	    /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */
3313 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL)
3314 	    {
3315 		if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect"))
3316 		    (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead",
3317 								  TRUE, NULL);
3318 		do_modelines(0);
3319 	    }
3320 
3321 	    /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when
3322 	     * 'autochdir' is set. */
3323 	    fname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3324 	}
3325 
3326 	name_was_missing = curbuf->b_ffname == NULL;
3327 
3328 	retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2,
3329 				 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE);
3330 
3331 	/* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */
3332 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3333 	{
3334 	    if (retval == OK)
3335 	    {
3336 		curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE;
3337 		redraw_tabline = TRUE;
3338 	    }
3339 	}
3340 
3341 	/* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and the file name
3342 	 * got changed or set. */
3343 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas || name_was_missing)
3344 	{
3345 	    DO_AUTOCHDIR;
3346 	}
3347     }
3348 
3349 theend:
3350 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3351     vim_free(browse_file);
3352 #endif
3353     vim_free(free_fname);
3354     return retval;
3355 }
3356 
3357 /*
3358  * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file.  If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED,
3359  * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file.
3360  * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite.
3361  * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not.
3362  */
3363     int
3364 check_overwrite(
3365     exarg_T	*eap,
3366     buf_T	*buf,
3367     char_u	*fname,	    /* file name to be used (can differ from
3368 			       buf->ffname) */
3369     char_u	*ffname,    /* full path version of fname */
3370     int		other)	    /* writing under other name */
3371 {
3372     /*
3373      * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file:
3374      * overwriting only allowed with '!'
3375      */
3376     if (       (other
3377 		|| (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED)
3378 		|| ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW)
3379 		    && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL)
3380 		|| (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR))
3381 	    && !p_wa
3382 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
3383 	    && !bt_nofile(buf)
3384 #endif
3385 	    && vim_fexists(ffname))
3386     {
3387 	if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append)
3388 	{
3389 #ifdef UNIX
3390 	    /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */
3391 	    if (mch_isdir(ffname))
3392 	    {
3393 		semsg(_(e_isadir2), ffname);
3394 		return FAIL;
3395 	    }
3396 #endif
3397 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3398 	    if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3399 	    {
3400 		char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3401 
3402 		dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname);
3403 		if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES)
3404 		    return FAIL;
3405 		eap->forceit = TRUE;
3406 	    }
3407 	    else
3408 #endif
3409 	    {
3410 		emsg(_(e_exists));
3411 		return FAIL;
3412 	    }
3413 	}
3414 
3415 	/* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */
3416 	if (other && !emsg_silent)
3417 	{
3418 	    char_u	*dir;
3419 	    char_u	*p;
3420 	    int		r;
3421 	    char_u	*swapname;
3422 
3423 	    /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if
3424 	     * it's writable.  If the "." directory is not writable the write
3425 	     * will probably fail anyway.
3426 	     * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer
3427 	     * for the written file. */
3428 	    if (*p_dir == NUL)
3429 	    {
3430 		dir = alloc(5);
3431 		if (dir == NULL)
3432 		    return FAIL;
3433 		STRCPY(dir, ".");
3434 	    }
3435 	    else
3436 	    {
3437 		dir = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3438 		if (dir == NULL)
3439 		    return FAIL;
3440 		p = p_dir;
3441 		copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ",");
3442 	    }
3443 	    swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir);
3444 	    vim_free(dir);
3445 	    r = vim_fexists(swapname);
3446 	    if (r)
3447 	    {
3448 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3449 		if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3450 		{
3451 		    char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3452 
3453 		    dialog_msg(buff,
3454 			    _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"),
3455 								    swapname);
3456 		    if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2)
3457 								   != VIM_YES)
3458 		    {
3459 			vim_free(swapname);
3460 			return FAIL;
3461 		    }
3462 		    eap->forceit = TRUE;
3463 		}
3464 		else
3465 #endif
3466 		{
3467 		    semsg(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"),
3468 								    swapname);
3469 		    vim_free(swapname);
3470 		    return FAIL;
3471 		}
3472 	    }
3473 	    vim_free(swapname);
3474 	}
3475     }
3476     return OK;
3477 }
3478 
3479 /*
3480  * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands.
3481  */
3482     void
3483 ex_wnext(exarg_T *eap)
3484 {
3485     int		i;
3486 
3487     if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n')
3488 	i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2;
3489     else
3490 	i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2;
3491     eap->line1 = 1;
3492     eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
3493     if (do_write(eap) != FAIL)
3494 	do_argfile(eap, i);
3495 }
3496 
3497 /*
3498  * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit).
3499  */
3500     void
3501 do_wqall(exarg_T *eap)
3502 {
3503     buf_T	*buf;
3504     int		error = 0;
3505     int		save_forceit = eap->forceit;
3506 
3507     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall)
3508 	exiting = TRUE;
3509 
3510     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
3511     {
3512 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
3513 	if (exiting && term_job_running(buf->b_term))
3514 	{
3515 	    no_write_message_nobang(buf);
3516 	    ++error;
3517 	}
3518 	else
3519 #endif
3520 	if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !bt_dontwrite(buf))
3521 	{
3522 	    /*
3523 	     * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written:
3524 	     * 1. if the 'write' option is set
3525 	     * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing)
3526 	     * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog)
3527 	     * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog)
3528 	     */
3529 	    if (not_writing())
3530 	    {
3531 		++error;
3532 		break;
3533 	    }
3534 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3535 	    /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */
3536 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse)
3537 		browse_save_fname(buf);
3538 #endif
3539 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL)
3540 	    {
3541 		semsg(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum);
3542 		++error;
3543 	    }
3544 	    else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf)
3545 		    || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname,
3546 							       FALSE) == FAIL)
3547 	    {
3548 		++error;
3549 	    }
3550 	    else
3551 	    {
3552 		bufref_T bufref;
3553 
3554 		set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
3555 		if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL)
3556 		    ++error;
3557 		/* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */
3558 		if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
3559 		    buf = firstbuf;
3560 	    }
3561 	    eap->forceit = save_forceit;    /* check_overwrite() may set it */
3562 	}
3563     }
3564     if (exiting)
3565     {
3566 	if (!error)
3567 	    getout(0);		/* exit Vim */
3568 	not_exiting();
3569     }
3570 }
3571 
3572 /*
3573  * Check the 'write' option.
3574  * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st.
3575  */
3576     int
3577 not_writing(void)
3578 {
3579     if (p_write)
3580 	return FALSE;
3581     emsg(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option"));
3582     return TRUE;
3583 }
3584 
3585 /*
3586  * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is
3587  * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error
3588  * message when the buffer is readonly.
3589  */
3590     static int
3591 check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf)
3592 {
3593     stat_T	st;
3594 
3595     /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when
3596      * the file exists and permissions are read-only.
3597      * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is
3598      * important for device checks but not here. */
3599     if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro
3600 		|| (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0
3601 		    && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777))))
3602     {
3603 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3604 	if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL)
3605 	{
3606 	    char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3607 
3608 	    if (buf->b_p_ro)
3609 		dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"),
3610 		    buf->b_fname);
3611 	    else
3612 		dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"),
3613 		    buf->b_fname);
3614 
3615 	    if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES)
3616 	    {
3617 		/* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */
3618 		*forceit = TRUE;
3619 		return FALSE;
3620 	    }
3621 	    else
3622 		return TRUE;
3623 	}
3624 	else
3625 #endif
3626 	if (buf->b_p_ro)
3627 	    emsg(_(e_readonly));
3628 	else
3629 	    semsg(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"),
3630 		    buf->b_fname);
3631 	return TRUE;
3632     }
3633 
3634     return FALSE;
3635 }
3636 
3637 /*
3638  * Try to abandon the current file and edit a new or existing file.
3639  * "fnum" is the number of the file, if zero use "ffname_arg"/"sfname_arg".
3640  * "lnum" is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero).
3641  *
3642  * Return:
3643  * GETFILE_ERROR for "normal" error,
3644  * GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN for "not written" error,
3645  * GETFILE_SAME_FILE for success
3646  * GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER for successfully opening another file.
3647  */
3648     int
3649 getfile(
3650     int		fnum,
3651     char_u	*ffname_arg,
3652     char_u	*sfname_arg,
3653     int		setpm,
3654     linenr_T	lnum,
3655     int		forceit)
3656 {
3657     char_u	*ffname = ffname_arg;
3658     char_u	*sfname = sfname_arg;
3659     int		other;
3660     int		retval;
3661     char_u	*free_me = NULL;
3662 
3663     if (text_locked())
3664 	return GETFILE_ERROR;
3665     if (curbuf_locked())
3666 	return GETFILE_ERROR;
3667 
3668     if (fnum == 0)
3669     {
3670 					/* make ffname full path, set sfname */
3671 	fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname);
3672 	other = otherfile(ffname);
3673 	free_me = ffname;		/* has been allocated, free() later */
3674     }
3675     else
3676 	other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum);
3677 
3678     if (other)
3679 	++no_wait_return;	    /* don't wait for autowrite message */
3680     if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !buf_hide(curbuf)
3681 		   && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL)
3682     {
3683 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3684 	if (p_confirm && p_write)
3685 	    dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE);
3686 	if (curbufIsChanged())
3687 #endif
3688 	{
3689 	    if (other)
3690 		--no_wait_return;
3691 	    no_write_message();
3692 	    retval = GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN;	/* file has been changed */
3693 	    goto theend;
3694 	}
3695     }
3696     if (other)
3697 	--no_wait_return;
3698     if (setpm)
3699 	setpcmark();
3700     if (!other)
3701     {
3702 	if (lnum != 0)
3703 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3704 	check_cursor_lnum();
3705 	beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
3706 	retval = GETFILE_SAME_FILE;	/* it's in the same file */
3707     }
3708     else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum,
3709 	     (buf_hide(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0),
3710 		curwin) == OK)
3711 	retval = GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER;	/* opened another file */
3712     else
3713 	retval = GETFILE_ERROR;		/* error encountered */
3714 
3715 theend:
3716     vim_free(free_me);
3717     return retval;
3718 }
3719 
3720 /*
3721  * start editing a new file
3722  *
3723  *     fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname
3724  *   ffname: the file name
3725  *		- full path if sfname used,
3726  *		- any file name if sfname is NULL
3727  *		- empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be
3728  *		    in a different directory)
3729  *		- NULL to start an empty buffer
3730  *   sfname: the short file name (or NULL)
3731  *	eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and
3732  *	     forced 'ff' and 'fenc'
3733  *  newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible)
3734  *	     if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file
3735  *	     if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files
3736  *	     if ECMD_ONE: use first line
3737  *    flags:
3738  *	   ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer
3739  *     ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file
3740  *	 ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists
3741  *	ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command
3742  *	 ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list
3743  *   oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current
3744  *	     window, NULL when splitting the window first.  When not NULL info
3745  *	     of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored.
3746  *
3747  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
3748  */
3749     int
3750 do_ecmd(
3751     int		fnum,
3752     char_u	*ffname,
3753     char_u	*sfname,
3754     exarg_T	*eap,			/* can be NULL! */
3755     linenr_T	newlnum,
3756     int		flags,
3757     win_T	*oldwin)
3758 {
3759     int		other_file;		/* TRUE if editing another file */
3760     int		oldbuf;			/* TRUE if using existing buffer */
3761     int		auto_buf = FALSE;	/* TRUE if autocommands brought us
3762 					   into the buffer unexpectedly */
3763     char_u	*new_name = NULL;
3764 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3765     int		did_set_swapcommand = FALSE;
3766 #endif
3767     buf_T	*buf;
3768     bufref_T	bufref;
3769     bufref_T	old_curbuf;
3770     char_u	*free_fname = NULL;
3771 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3772     char_u	*browse_file = NULL;
3773 #endif
3774     int		retval = FAIL;
3775     long	n;
3776     pos_T	orig_pos;
3777     linenr_T	topline = 0;
3778     int		newcol = -1;
3779     int		solcol = -1;
3780     pos_T	*pos;
3781     char_u	*command = NULL;
3782 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3783     int		did_get_winopts = FALSE;
3784 #endif
3785     int		readfile_flags = 0;
3786     int		did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE;
3787     long        *so_ptr = curwin->w_p_so >= 0 ? &curwin->w_p_so : &p_so;
3788 
3789     if (eap != NULL)
3790 	command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd;
3791     set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
3792 
3793     if (fnum != 0)
3794     {
3795 	if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum)	/* file is already being edited */
3796 	    return OK;			/* nothing to do */
3797 	other_file = TRUE;
3798     }
3799     else
3800     {
3801 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3802 	if (cmdmod.browse)
3803 	{
3804 	    if (
3805 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
3806 		!gui.in_use &&
3807 # endif
3808 		    au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer"))
3809 	    {
3810 		/* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer:
3811 		 * Edit the directory. */
3812 		if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname))
3813 		    ffname = (char_u *)".";
3814 	    }
3815 	    else
3816 	    {
3817 		browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname,
3818 						    NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf);
3819 		if (browse_file == NULL)
3820 		    goto theend;
3821 		ffname = browse_file;
3822 	    }
3823 	}
3824 #endif
3825 	/* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */
3826 	if (sfname == NULL)
3827 	    sfname = ffname;
3828 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE
3829 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME
3830 	if (USE_LONG_FNAME)
3831 # endif
3832 	    if (sfname != NULL)
3833 		fname_case(sfname, 0);   /* set correct case for sfname */
3834 #endif
3835 
3836 	if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL))
3837 	    goto theend;
3838 
3839 	if (ffname == NULL)
3840 	    other_file = TRUE;
3841 					    /* there is no file name */
3842 	else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
3843 	    other_file = FALSE;
3844 	else
3845 	{
3846 	    if (*ffname == NUL)		    /* re-edit with same file name */
3847 	    {
3848 		ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3849 		sfname = curbuf->b_fname;
3850 	    }
3851 	    free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */
3852 	    if (free_fname != NULL)
3853 		ffname = free_fname;
3854 	    other_file = otherfile(ffname);
3855 	}
3856     }
3857 
3858     /*
3859      * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it
3860      * - if we are going to re-edit the same file
3861      * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE
3862      */
3863     if (  ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF))
3864 	    || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1
3865 		&& !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF))))
3866 	&& check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0)
3867 			       | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN)
3868 			       | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0)
3869 			       | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD)))
3870     {
3871 	if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL)
3872 	    (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum);
3873 	goto theend;
3874     }
3875 
3876     /*
3877      * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be
3878      * copied into the GUI selection buffer.
3879      */
3880     reset_VIsual();
3881 
3882 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3883     if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0)
3884 	    && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL)
3885     {
3886 	int	len;
3887 	char_u	*p;
3888 
3889 	/* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */
3890 	if (command != NULL)
3891 	    len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3;
3892 	else
3893 	    len = 30;
3894 	p = alloc((unsigned)len);
3895 	if (p != NULL)
3896 	{
3897 	    if (command != NULL)
3898 		vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command);
3899 	    else
3900 		vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum);
3901 	    set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1);
3902 	    did_set_swapcommand = TRUE;
3903 	    vim_free(p);
3904 	}
3905     }
3906 #endif
3907 
3908     /*
3909      * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer.
3910      * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer.
3911      */
3912     if (other_file)
3913     {
3914 	if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF))
3915 	{
3916 	    if (!cmdmod.keepalt)
3917 		curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
3918 	    if (oldwin != NULL)
3919 		buflist_altfpos(oldwin);
3920 	}
3921 
3922 	if (fnum)
3923 	    buf = buflist_findnr(fnum);
3924 	else
3925 	{
3926 	    if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)
3927 	    {
3928 		linenr_T	tlnum = 1L;
3929 
3930 		if (command != NULL)
3931 		{
3932 		    tlnum = atol((char *)command);
3933 		    if (tlnum <= 0)
3934 			tlnum = 1L;
3935 		}
3936 		(void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED);
3937 		goto theend;
3938 	    }
3939 	    buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L,
3940 		    BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED));
3941 
3942 	    /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */
3943 	    if (oldwin != NULL)
3944 		oldwin = curwin;
3945 	    set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
3946 	}
3947 	if (buf == NULL)
3948 	    goto theend;
3949 	if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)		/* no memfile yet */
3950 	{
3951 	    oldbuf = FALSE;
3952 	}
3953 	else					/* existing memfile */
3954 	{
3955 	    oldbuf = TRUE;
3956 	    set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
3957 	    (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE);
3958 	    /* Check if autocommands made the buffer invalid or changed the
3959 	     * current buffer. */
3960 	    if (!bufref_valid(&bufref) || curbuf != old_curbuf.br_buf)
3961 		goto theend;
3962 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3963 	    if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
3964 		goto theend;
3965 #endif
3966 	}
3967 
3968 	/* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked
3969 	 * for explicitly */
3970 	if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST)
3971 	{
3972 	    pos = buflist_findfpos(buf);
3973 	    newlnum = pos->lnum;
3974 	    solcol = pos->col;
3975 	}
3976 
3977 	/*
3978 	 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window.
3979 	 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE.
3980 	 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf
3981 	 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here.
3982 	 */
3983 	if (buf != curbuf)
3984 	{
3985 	    /*
3986 	     * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change
3987 	     * the current buffer.
3988 	     * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up.
3989 	     * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new
3990 	     *   buffer when loading a buffer is required.  This avoids
3991 	     *   loading another buffer which then must be closed again.
3992 	     * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few
3993 	     *	 things, set auto_buf.
3994 	     */
3995 	    if (buf->b_fname != NULL)
3996 		new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname);
3997 	    set_bufref(&au_new_curbuf, buf);
3998 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3999 	    if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf))
4000 	    {
4001 		/* new buffer has been deleted */
4002 		delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4003 		goto theend;
4004 	    }
4005 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4006 	    if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4007 	    {
4008 		vim_free(new_name);
4009 		goto theend;
4010 	    }
4011 #endif
4012 	    if (buf == curbuf)		/* already in new buffer */
4013 		auto_buf = TRUE;
4014 	    else
4015 	    {
4016 		win_T	    *the_curwin = curwin;
4017 
4018 		/* Set the w_closing flag to avoid that autocommands close the
4019 		 * window.  And set b_locked for the same reason. */
4020 		the_curwin->w_closing = TRUE;
4021 		++buf->b_locked;
4022 
4023 		if (curbuf == old_curbuf.br_buf)
4024 		    buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER);
4025 
4026 		/* Close the link to the current buffer. This will set
4027 		 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */
4028 		u_sync(FALSE);
4029 		close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf,
4030 			       (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE);
4031 
4032 		the_curwin->w_closing = FALSE;
4033 		--buf->b_locked;
4034 
4035 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4036 		/* autocmds may abort script processing */
4037 		if (aborting() && curwin->w_buffer != NULL)
4038 		{
4039 		    vim_free(new_name);
4040 		    goto theend;
4041 		}
4042 #endif
4043 		/* Be careful again, like above. */
4044 		if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf))
4045 		{
4046 		    /* new buffer has been deleted */
4047 		    delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4048 		    goto theend;
4049 		}
4050 		if (buf == curbuf)		/* already in new buffer */
4051 		    auto_buf = TRUE;
4052 		else
4053 		{
4054 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4055 		    /*
4056 		     * <VN> We could instead free the synblock
4057 		     * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps.
4058 		     */
4059 		    if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL
4060 			    || curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s))
4061 			curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s);
4062 #endif
4063 		    curwin->w_buffer = buf;
4064 		    curbuf = buf;
4065 		    ++curbuf->b_nwindows;
4066 
4067 		    /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */
4068 		    if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL)
4069 		    {
4070 			set_file_options(TRUE, eap);
4071 			set_forced_fenc(eap);
4072 		    }
4073 		}
4074 
4075 		/* May get the window options from the last time this buffer
4076 		 * was in this window (or another window).  If not used
4077 		 * before, reset the local window options to the global
4078 		 * values.  Also restores old folding stuff. */
4079 		get_winopts(curbuf);
4080 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4081 		did_get_winopts = TRUE;
4082 #endif
4083 	    }
4084 	    vim_free(new_name);
4085 	    au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL;
4086 	    au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0;
4087 	}
4088 
4089 	curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1;
4090 	curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0;
4091     }
4092     else /* !other_file */
4093     {
4094 	if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || check_fname() == FAIL)
4095 	    goto theend;
4096 
4097 	oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF);
4098     }
4099 
4100     /* Don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line, otherwise
4101      * autocommands may cause ml_get errors. */
4102     ++RedrawingDisabled;
4103     did_inc_redrawing_disabled = TRUE;
4104 
4105     buf = curbuf;
4106     if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag)
4107     {
4108 	prepare_help_buffer();
4109     }
4110     else
4111     {
4112 	/* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer.  Useful when
4113 	 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */
4114 	if (!curbuf->b_help)
4115 	    set_buflisted(TRUE);
4116     }
4117 
4118     /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about
4119      * editing the file. */
4120     if (buf != curbuf)
4121 	goto theend;
4122 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4123     if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4124 	goto theend;
4125 #endif
4126 
4127     /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be
4128      * unset.  Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax
4129      * highlighting to work in the other file. */
4130     did_filetype = FALSE;
4131 
4132 /*
4133  * other_file	oldbuf
4134  *  FALSE	FALSE	    re-edit same file, buffer is re-used
4135  *  FALSE	TRUE	    re-edit same file, nothing changes
4136  *  TRUE	FALSE	    start editing new file, new buffer
4137  *  TRUE	TRUE	    start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do)
4138  */
4139     if (!other_file && !oldbuf)		/* re-use the buffer */
4140     {
4141 	set_last_cursor(curwin);	/* may set b_last_cursor */
4142 	if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL)
4143 	{
4144 	    newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4145 	    solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4146 	}
4147 	buf = curbuf;
4148 	if (buf->b_fname != NULL)
4149 	    new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname);
4150 	else
4151 	    new_name = NULL;
4152 	set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
4153 
4154 	if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur)
4155 	{
4156 	    /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone.
4157 	     * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */
4158 	    u_sync(FALSE);
4159 	    if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE)
4160 								     == FAIL)
4161 	    {
4162 		vim_free(new_name);
4163 		goto theend;
4164 	    }
4165 	    u_unchanged(curbuf);
4166 	    buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO);
4167 
4168 	    /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */
4169 	    readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO;
4170 	}
4171 	else
4172 	    buf_freeall(curbuf, 0);   /* free all things for buffer */
4173 
4174 	/* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give
4175 	 * up and jump to the end. */
4176 	if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
4177 	{
4178 	    delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4179 	    goto theend;
4180 	}
4181 	vim_free(new_name);
4182 
4183 	/* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about
4184 	 * re-editing the file.  Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps
4185 	 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */
4186 	if (buf != curbuf)
4187 	    goto theend;
4188 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4189 	if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4190 	    goto theend;
4191 #endif
4192 	buf_clear_file(curbuf);
4193 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0;	/* clear '[ and '] marks */
4194 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0;
4195     }
4196 
4197 /*
4198  * If we get here we are sure to start editing
4199  */
4200     /* Assume success now */
4201     retval = OK;
4202 
4203     /*
4204      * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list.
4205      */
4206     check_arg_idx(curwin);
4207 
4208     if (!auto_buf)
4209     {
4210 	/*
4211 	 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing
4212 	 * autocommands.  This allows for the autocommands to position the
4213 	 * cursor.
4214 	 */
4215 	curwin_init();
4216 
4217 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4218 	/* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed.  Need to update
4219 	 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */
4220 	{
4221 	    win_T	    *win;
4222 	    tabpage_T	    *tp;
4223 
4224 	    FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win)
4225 		if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
4226 		    foldUpdateAll(win);
4227 	}
4228 #endif
4229 
4230 	/* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
4231 	DO_AUTOCHDIR;
4232 
4233 	/*
4234 	 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current
4235 	 * buffer and window.
4236 	 */
4237 	orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4238 	topline = curwin->w_topline;
4239 	if (!oldbuf)			    /* need to read the file */
4240 	{
4241 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION)
4242 	    swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG;
4243 #endif
4244 	    curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */
4245 
4246 	    /*
4247 	     * Open the buffer and read the file.
4248 	     */
4249 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
4250 	    if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags)))
4251 		retval = FAIL;
4252 #else
4253 	    (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags);
4254 #endif
4255 
4256 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION)
4257 	    if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT)
4258 		retval = FAIL;
4259 	    handle_swap_exists(&old_curbuf);
4260 #endif
4261 	}
4262 	else
4263 	{
4264 	    /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options.  Any
4265 	     * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been
4266 	     * changed by the user. */
4267 	    do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY);
4268 
4269 	    apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf,
4270 								    &retval);
4271 	    apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf,
4272 								    &retval);
4273 	}
4274 	check_arg_idx(curwin);
4275 
4276 	/* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should
4277 	 * keep it.  Also when it moves within a line. But not when it moves
4278 	 * to the first non-blank. */
4279 	if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos))
4280 	{
4281 	    char_u *text = ml_get_curline();
4282 
4283 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != orig_pos.lnum
4284 		    || curwin->w_cursor.col != (int)(skipwhite(text) - text))
4285 	    {
4286 		newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4287 		newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4288 	    }
4289 	}
4290 	if (curwin->w_topline == topline)
4291 	    topline = 0;
4292 
4293 	/* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */
4294 	changed_line_abv_curs();
4295 
4296 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
4297 	maketitle();
4298 #endif
4299     }
4300 
4301 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4302     /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating.
4303      * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will
4304      * have removed it as a diff buffer. */
4305     if (curwin->w_p_diff)
4306     {
4307 	diff_buf_add(curbuf);
4308 	diff_invalidate(curbuf);
4309     }
4310 #endif
4311 
4312 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4313     /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language.
4314      * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */
4315     if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL)
4316 	(void)did_set_spelllang(curwin);
4317 #endif
4318 
4319     if (command == NULL)
4320     {
4321 	if (newcol >= 0)	/* position set by autocommands */
4322 	{
4323 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum;
4324 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
4325 	    check_cursor();
4326 	}
4327 	else if (newlnum > 0)	/* line number from caller or old position */
4328 	{
4329 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum;
4330 	    check_cursor_lnum();
4331 	    if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol)
4332 	    {
4333 		/* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */
4334 		curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol;
4335 		check_cursor_col();
4336 		curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
4337 		curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
4338 	    }
4339 	    else
4340 		beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
4341 	}
4342 	else			/* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */
4343 	{
4344 	    if (exmode_active)
4345 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4346 	    beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
4347 	}
4348     }
4349 
4350     /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */
4351     check_lnums(FALSE);
4352 
4353     /*
4354      * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file.
4355      * Do this after setting the cursor.
4356      */
4357     if (oldbuf && !auto_buf)
4358     {
4359 	int	msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll;
4360 
4361 	/* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file
4362 	 * message. */
4363 	if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0)
4364 	    msg_scroll = FALSE;
4365 	if (!msg_scroll)	/* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */
4366 	    check_for_delay(FALSE);
4367 	msg_start();
4368 	msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save;
4369 	msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE;
4370 
4371 	if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
4372 	    fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
4373 
4374 	msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE;
4375     }
4376 
4377 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
4378     curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time();
4379 #endif
4380 
4381     if (command != NULL)
4382 	do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE);
4383 
4384 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
4385     if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT)
4386 	(void)keymap_init();
4387 #endif
4388 
4389     --RedrawingDisabled;
4390     did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE;
4391     if (!skip_redraw)
4392     {
4393 	n = *so_ptr;
4394 	if (topline == 0 && command == NULL)
4395 	    *so_ptr = 9999;		// force cursor halfway the window
4396 	update_topline();
4397 	curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline;
4398 	*so_ptr = n;
4399 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);	/* redraw this buffer later */
4400     }
4401 
4402     if (p_im)
4403 	need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
4404 
4405 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR
4406     /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and we aren't already in
4407      * that directory (should already be done above). Expect getcwd() to be
4408      * faster than calling shorten_fnames() unnecessarily. */
4409     if (p_acd && curbuf->b_ffname != NULL)
4410     {
4411 	char_u	curdir[MAXPATHL];
4412 	char_u	filedir[MAXPATHL];
4413 
4414 	vim_strncpy(filedir, curbuf->b_ffname, MAXPATHL - 1);
4415 	*gettail_sep(filedir) = NUL;
4416 	if (mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL) != FAIL
4417 		&& vim_fnamecmp(curdir, filedir) != 0)
4418 	    do_autochdir();
4419     }
4420 #endif
4421 
4422 #if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG)
4423     if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL)
4424     {
4425 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
4426 	if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP)
4427 	    netbeans_file_opened(curbuf);
4428 # endif
4429     }
4430 #endif
4431 
4432 theend:
4433     if (did_inc_redrawing_disabled)
4434 	--RedrawingDisabled;
4435 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
4436     if (did_set_swapcommand)
4437 	set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1);
4438 #endif
4439 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
4440     vim_free(browse_file);
4441 #endif
4442     vim_free(free_fname);
4443     return retval;
4444 }
4445 
4446     static void
4447 delbuf_msg(char_u *name)
4448 {
4449     semsg(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"),
4450 	    name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name);
4451     vim_free(name);
4452     au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL;
4453     au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0;
4454 }
4455 
4456 static int append_indent = 0;	    /* autoindent for first line */
4457 
4458 /*
4459  * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change"
4460  */
4461     void
4462 ex_append(exarg_T *eap)
4463 {
4464     char_u	*theline;
4465     int		did_undo = FALSE;
4466     linenr_T	lnum = eap->line2;
4467     int		indent = 0;
4468     char_u	*p;
4469     int		vcol;
4470     int		empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY);
4471 
4472     /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */
4473     if (eap->forceit)
4474 	curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai;
4475 
4476     /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */
4477     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0)
4478 	append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
4479 
4480     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append)
4481 	--lnum;
4482 
4483     /* when the buffer is empty need to delete the dummy line */
4484     if (empty && lnum == 1)
4485 	lnum = 0;
4486 
4487     State = INSERT;		    /* behave like in Insert mode */
4488     if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
4489 	State |= LANGMAP;
4490 
4491     for (;;)
4492     {
4493 	msg_scroll = TRUE;
4494 	need_wait_return = FALSE;
4495 	if (curbuf->b_p_ai)
4496 	{
4497 	    if (append_indent >= 0)
4498 	    {
4499 		indent = append_indent;
4500 		append_indent = -1;
4501 	    }
4502 	    else if (lnum > 0)
4503 		indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
4504 	}
4505 	ex_keep_indent = FALSE;
4506 	if (eap->getline == NULL)
4507 	{
4508 	    /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends
4509 	     * when there is no more. */
4510 	    if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL)
4511 		break;
4512 	    p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL);
4513 	    if (p == NULL)
4514 		p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd);
4515 	    theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd));
4516 	    if (*p != NUL)
4517 		++p;
4518 	    eap->nextcmd = p;
4519 	}
4520 	else
4521 	{
4522 	    int save_State = State;
4523 
4524 	    /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode
4525 	     * when getline() returns. */
4526 	    State = CMDLINE;
4527 	    theline = eap->getline(
4528 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4529 		    eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 :
4530 #endif
4531 		    NUL, eap->cookie, indent);
4532 	    State = save_State;
4533 	}
4534 	lines_left = Rows - 1;
4535 	if (theline == NULL)
4536 	    break;
4537 
4538 	/* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */
4539 	if (ex_keep_indent)
4540 	    append_indent = indent;
4541 
4542 	/* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */
4543 	vcol = 0;
4544 	for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p)
4545 	{
4546 	    if (*p == ' ')
4547 		++vcol;
4548 	    else if (*p == TAB)
4549 		vcol += 8 - vcol % 8;
4550 	    else
4551 		break;
4552 	}
4553 	if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL)
4554 		|| (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0))
4555 								     == FAIL))
4556 	{
4557 	    vim_free(theline);
4558 	    break;
4559 	}
4560 
4561 	/* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */
4562 	if (p[0] == NUL)
4563 	    theline[0] = NUL;
4564 
4565 	did_undo = TRUE;
4566 	ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
4567 	appended_lines_mark(lnum + (empty ? 1 : 0), 1L);
4568 
4569 	vim_free(theline);
4570 	++lnum;
4571 
4572 	if (empty)
4573 	{
4574 	    ml_delete(2L, FALSE);
4575 	    empty = FALSE;
4576 	}
4577     }
4578     State = NORMAL;
4579 
4580     if (eap->forceit)
4581 	curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai;
4582 
4583     /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when
4584      * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended)
4585      * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise
4586      * it is the same than "start"  -- Acevedo */
4587     curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ?
4588 	eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4589     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append)
4590 	--curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4591     curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum)
4592 					     ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4593     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
4594     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
4595     check_cursor_lnum();
4596     beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
4597 
4598     need_wait_return = FALSE;	/* don't use wait_return() now */
4599     ex_no_reprint = TRUE;
4600 }
4601 
4602 /*
4603  * ":change"
4604  */
4605     void
4606 ex_change(exarg_T *eap)
4607 {
4608     linenr_T	lnum;
4609 
4610     if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1
4611 	    && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL)
4612 	return;
4613 
4614     /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */
4615     if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai)
4616 	append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1);
4617 
4618     for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum)
4619     {
4620 	if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)	    /* nothing to delete */
4621 	    break;
4622 	ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE);
4623     }
4624 
4625     /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */
4626     check_cursor_lnum();
4627     deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum));
4628 
4629     /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */
4630     eap->line2 = eap->line1;
4631     ex_append(eap);
4632 }
4633 
4634     void
4635 ex_z(exarg_T *eap)
4636 {
4637     char_u	*x;
4638     long	bigness;
4639     char_u	*kind;
4640     int		minus = 0;
4641     linenr_T	start, end, curs, i;
4642     int		j;
4643     linenr_T	lnum = eap->line2;
4644 
4645     /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses
4646      * 'scroll' */
4647     if (eap->forceit)
4648 	bigness = curwin->w_height;
4649     else if (!ONE_WINDOW)
4650 	bigness = curwin->w_height - 3;
4651     else
4652 	bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2;
4653     if (bigness < 1)
4654 	bigness = 1;
4655 
4656     x = eap->arg;
4657     kind = x;
4658     if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '='
4659 					      || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.')
4660 	++x;
4661     while (*x == '-' || *x == '+')
4662 	++x;
4663 
4664     if (*x != 0)
4665     {
4666 	if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x))
4667 	{
4668 	    emsg(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z"));
4669 	    return;
4670 	}
4671 	else
4672 	{
4673 	    bigness = atol((char *)x);
4674 
4675 	    /* bigness could be < 0 if atol(x) overflows. */
4676 	    if (bigness > 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count || bigness < 0)
4677 		bigness = 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4678 
4679 	    p_window = bigness;
4680 	    if (*kind == '=')
4681 		bigness += 2;
4682 	}
4683     }
4684 
4685     /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */
4686     if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+')
4687 	for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x)
4688 	    ;
4689 
4690     switch (*kind)
4691     {
4692 	case '-':
4693 	    start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1;
4694 	    end = start + bigness - 1;
4695 	    curs = end;
4696 	    break;
4697 
4698 	case '=':
4699 	    start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1;
4700 	    end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1;
4701 	    curs = lnum;
4702 	    minus = 1;
4703 	    break;
4704 
4705 	case '^':
4706 	    start = lnum - bigness * 2;
4707 	    end = lnum - bigness;
4708 	    curs = lnum - bigness;
4709 	    break;
4710 
4711 	case '.':
4712 	    start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1;
4713 	    end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1;
4714 	    curs = end;
4715 	    break;
4716 
4717 	default:  /* '+' */
4718 	    start = lnum;
4719 	    if (*kind == '+')
4720 		start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1;
4721 	    else if (eap->addr_count == 0)
4722 		++start;
4723 	    end = start + bigness - 1;
4724 	    curs = end;
4725 	    break;
4726     }
4727 
4728     if (start < 1)
4729 	start = 1;
4730 
4731     if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4732 	end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4733 
4734     if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4735 	curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4736     else if (curs < 1)
4737 	curs = 1;
4738 
4739     for (i = start; i <= end; i++)
4740     {
4741 	if (minus && i == lnum)
4742 	{
4743 	    msg_putchar('\n');
4744 
4745 	    for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++)
4746 		msg_putchar('-');
4747 	}
4748 
4749 	print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST);
4750 
4751 	if (minus && i == lnum)
4752 	{
4753 	    msg_putchar('\n');
4754 
4755 	    for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++)
4756 		msg_putchar('-');
4757 	}
4758     }
4759 
4760     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curs)
4761     {
4762 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs;
4763 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4764     }
4765     ex_no_reprint = TRUE;
4766 }
4767 
4768 /*
4769  * Check if the restricted flag is set.
4770  * If so, give an error message and return TRUE.
4771  * Otherwise, return FALSE.
4772  */
4773     int
4774 check_restricted(void)
4775 {
4776     if (restricted)
4777     {
4778 	emsg(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim"));
4779 	return TRUE;
4780     }
4781     return FALSE;
4782 }
4783 
4784 /*
4785  * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory).
4786  * If so, give an error message and return TRUE.
4787  * Otherwise, return FALSE.
4788  */
4789     int
4790 check_secure(void)
4791 {
4792     if (secure)
4793     {
4794 	secure = 2;
4795 	emsg(_(e_curdir));
4796 	return TRUE;
4797     }
4798 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
4799     /*
4800      * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things
4801      * disallowed in secure mode.
4802      */
4803     if (sandbox != 0)
4804     {
4805 	emsg(_(e_sandbox));
4806 	return TRUE;
4807     }
4808 #endif
4809     return FALSE;
4810 }
4811 
4812 static char_u	*old_sub = NULL;	/* previous substitute pattern */
4813 static int	global_need_beginline;	/* call beginline() after ":g" */
4814 
4815 /*
4816  * Flags that are kept between calls to :substitute.
4817  */
4818 typedef struct {
4819     int	do_all;		/* do multiple substitutions per line */
4820     int	do_ask;		/* ask for confirmation */
4821     int	do_count;	/* count only */
4822     int	do_error;	/* if false, ignore errors */
4823     int	do_print;	/* print last line with subs. */
4824     int	do_list;	/* list last line with subs. */
4825     int	do_number;	/* list last line with line nr*/
4826     int	do_ic;		/* ignore case flag */
4827 } subflags_T;
4828 
4829 /* do_sub()
4830  *
4831  * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the
4832  * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form:
4833  *
4834  * /pattern/substitution/{flags}
4835  *
4836  * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs.
4837  */
4838     void
4839 do_sub(exarg_T *eap)
4840 {
4841     linenr_T	lnum;
4842     long	i = 0;
4843     regmmatch_T regmatch;
4844     static subflags_T subflags = {FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
4845 							      FALSE, FALSE, 0};
4846 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4847     subflags_T	subflags_save;
4848 #endif
4849     int		save_do_all;		/* remember user specified 'g' flag */
4850     int		save_do_ask;		/* remember user specified 'c' flag */
4851     char_u	*pat = NULL, *sub = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
4852     int		delimiter;
4853     int		sublen;
4854     int		got_quit = FALSE;
4855     int		got_match = FALSE;
4856     int		temp;
4857     int		which_pat;
4858     char_u	*cmd;
4859     int		save_State;
4860     linenr_T	first_line = 0;		/* first changed line */
4861     linenr_T	last_line= 0;		/* below last changed line AFTER the
4862 					 * change */
4863     linenr_T	old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4864     linenr_T	line2;
4865     long	nmatch;			/* number of lines in match */
4866     char_u	*sub_firstline;		/* allocated copy of first sub line */
4867     int		endcolumn = FALSE;	/* cursor in last column when done */
4868     pos_T	old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
4869     int		start_nsubs;
4870 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4871     int		save_ma = 0;
4872 #endif
4873 
4874     cmd = eap->arg;
4875     if (!global_busy)
4876     {
4877 	sub_nsubs = 0;
4878 	sub_nlines = 0;
4879     }
4880     start_nsubs = sub_nsubs;
4881 
4882     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde)
4883 	which_pat = RE_LAST;	/* use last used regexp */
4884     else
4885 	which_pat = RE_SUBST;	/* use last substitute regexp */
4886 
4887 				/* new pattern and substitution */
4888     if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !VIM_ISWHITE(*cmd)
4889 		&& vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL)
4890     {
4891 				/* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */
4892 	if (isalpha(*cmd))
4893 	{
4894 	    emsg(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters"));
4895 	    return;
4896 	}
4897 	/*
4898 	 * undocumented vi feature:
4899 	 *  "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like
4900 	 *  //sub/r).  "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/).
4901 	 */
4902 	if (*cmd == '\\')
4903 	{
4904 	    ++cmd;
4905 	    if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL)
4906 	    {
4907 		emsg(_(e_backslash));
4908 		return;
4909 	    }
4910 	    if (*cmd != '&')
4911 		which_pat = RE_SEARCH;	    /* use last '/' pattern */
4912 	    pat = (char_u *)"";		    /* empty search pattern */
4913 	    delimiter = *cmd++;		    /* remember delimiter character */
4914 	}
4915 	else		/* find the end of the regexp */
4916 	{
4917 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP	/* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */
4918 	    if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl)
4919 		lrF_sub(cmd);
4920 #endif
4921 	    which_pat = RE_LAST;	    /* use last used regexp */
4922 	    delimiter = *cmd++;		    /* remember delimiter character */
4923 	    pat = cmd;			    /* remember start of search pat */
4924 	    cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg);
4925 	    if (cmd[0] == delimiter)	    /* end delimiter found */
4926 		*cmd++ = NUL;		    /* replace it with a NUL */
4927 	}
4928 
4929 	/*
4930 	 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in
4931 	 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL.
4932 	 */
4933 	sub = cmd;	    /* remember the start of the substitution */
4934 
4935 	while (cmd[0])
4936 	{
4937 	    if (cmd[0] == delimiter)		/* end delimiter found */
4938 	    {
4939 		*cmd++ = NUL;			/* replace it with a NUL */
4940 		break;
4941 	    }
4942 	    if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0)	/* skip escaped characters */
4943 		++cmd;
4944 	    MB_PTR_ADV(cmd);
4945 	}
4946 
4947 	if (!eap->skip)
4948 	{
4949 	    /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */
4950 	    if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0
4951 				 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL)
4952 	    {
4953 		if (old_sub == NULL)	/* there is no previous command */
4954 		{
4955 		    emsg(_(e_nopresub));
4956 		    return;
4957 		}
4958 		sub = old_sub;
4959 	    }
4960 	    else
4961 	    {
4962 		vim_free(old_sub);
4963 		old_sub = vim_strsave(sub);
4964 	    }
4965 	}
4966     }
4967     else if (!eap->skip)	/* use previous pattern and substitution */
4968     {
4969 	if (old_sub == NULL)	/* there is no previous command */
4970 	{
4971 	    emsg(_(e_nopresub));
4972 	    return;
4973 	}
4974 	pat = NULL;		/* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */
4975 	sub = old_sub;
4976 
4977 	/* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the
4978 	 * last column after using "$". */
4979 	endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL);
4980     }
4981 
4982     /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much
4983      * more efficient.
4984      * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more
4985      * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size.
4986      */
4987     if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0
4988 	    && *sub == NUL
4989 	    && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l'
4990 					     || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#'))))
4991     {
4992 	linenr_T    joined_lines_count;
4993 
4994 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
4995 	if (*cmd == 'l')
4996 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST;
4997 	else if (*cmd == '#')
4998 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR;
4999 	else if (*cmd == 'p')
5000 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT;
5001 
5002 	/* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus
5003 	 * one.  One less when the last line is included. */
5004 	joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1;
5005 	if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5006 	    ++joined_lines_count;
5007 	if (joined_lines_count > 1)
5008 	{
5009 	    (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
5010 	    sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1;
5011 	    sub_nlines = 1;
5012 	    (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE);
5013 	    ex_may_print(eap);
5014 	}
5015 
5016 	if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns)
5017 	    save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic);
5018 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
5019 	/* put pattern in history */
5020 	add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL);
5021 #endif
5022 
5023 	return;
5024     }
5025 
5026     /*
5027      * Find trailing options.  When '&' is used, keep old options.
5028      */
5029     if (*cmd == '&')
5030 	++cmd;
5031     else
5032     {
5033 	if (!p_ed)
5034 	{
5035 	    if (p_gd)		/* default is global on */
5036 		subflags.do_all = TRUE;
5037 	    else
5038 		subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5039 	    subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5040 	}
5041 	subflags.do_error = TRUE;
5042 	subflags.do_print = FALSE;
5043 	subflags.do_count = FALSE;
5044 	subflags.do_number = FALSE;
5045 	subflags.do_ic = 0;
5046     }
5047     while (*cmd)
5048     {
5049 	/*
5050 	 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off.
5051 	 * 'r' is never inverted.
5052 	 */
5053 	if (*cmd == 'g')
5054 	    subflags.do_all = !subflags.do_all;
5055 	else if (*cmd == 'c')
5056 	    subflags.do_ask = !subflags.do_ask;
5057 	else if (*cmd == 'n')
5058 	    subflags.do_count = TRUE;
5059 	else if (*cmd == 'e')
5060 	    subflags.do_error = !subflags.do_error;
5061 	else if (*cmd == 'r')	    /* use last used regexp */
5062 	    which_pat = RE_LAST;
5063 	else if (*cmd == 'p')
5064 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5065 	else if (*cmd == '#')
5066 	{
5067 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5068 	    subflags.do_number = TRUE;
5069 	}
5070 	else if (*cmd == 'l')
5071 	{
5072 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5073 	    subflags.do_list = TRUE;
5074 	}
5075 	else if (*cmd == 'i')	    /* ignore case */
5076 	    subflags.do_ic = 'i';
5077 	else if (*cmd == 'I')	    /* don't ignore case */
5078 	    subflags.do_ic = 'I';
5079 	else
5080 	    break;
5081 	++cmd;
5082     }
5083     if (subflags.do_count)
5084 	subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5085 
5086     save_do_all = subflags.do_all;
5087     save_do_ask = subflags.do_ask;
5088 
5089     /*
5090      * check for a trailing count
5091      */
5092     cmd = skipwhite(cmd);
5093     if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd))
5094     {
5095 	i = getdigits(&cmd);
5096 	if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && subflags.do_error)
5097 	{
5098 	    emsg(_(e_zerocount));
5099 	    return;
5100 	}
5101 	eap->line1 = eap->line2;
5102 	eap->line2 += i - 1;
5103 	if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5104 	    eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5105     }
5106 
5107     /*
5108      * check for trailing command or garbage
5109      */
5110     cmd = skipwhite(cmd);
5111     if (*cmd && *cmd != '"')	    /* if not end-of-line or comment */
5112     {
5113 	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd);
5114 	if (eap->nextcmd == NULL)
5115 	{
5116 	    emsg(_(e_trailing));
5117 	    return;
5118 	}
5119     }
5120 
5121     if (eap->skip)	    /* not executing commands, only parsing */
5122 	return;
5123 
5124     if (!subflags.do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma)
5125     {
5126 	/* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */
5127 	emsg(_(e_modifiable));
5128 	return;
5129     }
5130 
5131     if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, &regmatch) == FAIL)
5132     {
5133 	if (subflags.do_error)
5134 	    emsg(_(e_invcmd));
5135 	return;
5136     }
5137 
5138     /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */
5139     if (subflags.do_ic == 'i')
5140 	regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE;
5141     else if (subflags.do_ic == 'I')
5142 	regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
5143 
5144     sub_firstline = NULL;
5145 
5146     /*
5147      * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern.
5148      * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again.
5149      * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression.
5150      */
5151     if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '='))
5152 	sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic);
5153 
5154     /*
5155      * Check for a match on each line.
5156      */
5157     line2 = eap->line2;
5158     for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit
5159 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5160 		|| aborting()
5161 #endif
5162 		); ++lnum)
5163     {
5164 	nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
5165 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
5166 	if (nmatch)
5167 	{
5168 	    colnr_T	copycol;
5169 	    colnr_T	matchcol;
5170 	    colnr_T	prev_matchcol = MAXCOL;
5171 	    char_u	*new_end, *new_start = NULL;
5172 	    unsigned	new_start_len = 0;
5173 	    char_u	*p1;
5174 	    int		did_sub = FALSE;
5175 	    int		lastone;
5176 	    int		len, copy_len, needed_len;
5177 	    long	nmatch_tl = 0;	/* nr of lines matched below lnum */
5178 	    int		do_again;	/* do it again after joining lines */
5179 	    int		skip_match = FALSE;
5180 	    linenr_T	sub_firstlnum;	/* nr of first sub line */
5181 
5182 	    /*
5183 	     * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much
5184 	     * copying.  There are these pieces:
5185 	     * sub_firstline	The old text, unmodified.
5186 	     * copycol		Column in the old text where we started
5187 	     *			looking for a match; from here old text still
5188 	     *			needs to be copied to the new text.
5189 	     * matchcol		Column number of the old text where to look
5190 	     *			for the next match.  It's just after the
5191 	     *			previous match or one further.
5192 	     * prev_matchcol	Column just after the previous match (if any).
5193 	     *			Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first
5194 	     *			match and after skipping an empty match.
5195 	     * regmatch.*pos	Where the pattern matched in the old text.
5196 	     * new_start	The new text, all that has been produced so
5197 	     *			far.
5198 	     * new_end		The new text, where to append new text.
5199 	     *
5200 	     * lnum		The line number where we found the start of
5201 	     *			the match.  Can be below the line we searched
5202 	     *			when there is a \n before a \zs in the
5203 	     *			pattern.
5204 	     * sub_firstlnum	The line number in the buffer where to look
5205 	     *			for a match.  Can be different from "lnum"
5206 	     *			when the pattern or substitute string contains
5207 	     *			line breaks.
5208 	     *
5209 	     * Special situations:
5210 	     * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up
5211 	     *   to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of
5212 	     *   the original line is kept.  "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for
5213 	     *   the inserted lines.
5214 	     * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line
5215 	     *   is taken from the line at the end of the pattern.  The lines
5216 	     *   in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted
5217 	     *   accordingly.
5218 	     *
5219 	     * The new text is built up in new_start[].  It has some extra
5220 	     * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often.  new_start_len is
5221 	     * the length of the allocated memory at new_start.
5222 	     *
5223 	     * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when
5224 	     * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match.  The "old_"
5225 	     * pointers point into this copy.
5226 	     */
5227 	    sub_firstlnum = lnum;
5228 	    copycol = 0;
5229 	    matchcol = 0;
5230 
5231 	    /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */
5232 	    if (!got_match)
5233 	    {
5234 		setpcmark();
5235 		got_match = TRUE;
5236 	    }
5237 
5238 	    /*
5239 	     * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line.
5240 	     * 1. Handle match with empty string.
5241 	     * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation.
5242 	     * 3. substitute the string.
5243 	     * 4. if do_all is set, find next match
5244 	     * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line
5245 	     */
5246 	    for (;;)
5247 	    {
5248 		/* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts.  The
5249 		 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line
5250 		 * break before \zs. */
5251 		if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0)
5252 		{
5253 		    lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5254 		    sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5255 		    nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5256 		    VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline);
5257 		}
5258 
5259 		if (sub_firstline == NULL)
5260 		{
5261 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum));
5262 		    if (sub_firstline == NULL)
5263 		    {
5264 			vim_free(new_start);
5265 			goto outofmem;
5266 		    }
5267 		}
5268 
5269 		/* Save the line number of the last change for the final
5270 		 * cursor position (just like Vi). */
5271 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5272 		do_again = FALSE;
5273 
5274 		/*
5275 		 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first
5276 		 * match.  This reproduces the strange vi behaviour.
5277 		 * This also catches endless loops.
5278 		 */
5279 		if (matchcol == prev_matchcol
5280 			&& regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0
5281 			&& matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
5282 		{
5283 		    if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL)
5284 			/* We already were at the end of the line.  Don't look
5285 			 * for a match in this line again. */
5286 			skip_match = TRUE;
5287 		    else
5288 		    {
5289 			 /* search for a match at next column */
5290 			if (has_mbyte)
5291 			    matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol);
5292 			else
5293 			    ++matchcol;
5294 		    }
5295 		    goto skip;
5296 		}
5297 
5298 		/* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the
5299 		 * previous match. */
5300 		matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
5301 		prev_matchcol = matchcol;
5302 
5303 		/*
5304 		 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter.
5305 		 *    If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation.
5306 		 */
5307 		if (subflags.do_count)
5308 		{
5309 		    /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at
5310 		     * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that
5311 		     * we continue looking for a match on the next line.
5312 		     * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */
5313 		    if (nmatch > 1)
5314 		    {
5315 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline);
5316 			nmatch = 1;
5317 			skip_match = TRUE;
5318 		    }
5319 		    sub_nsubs++;
5320 		    did_sub = TRUE;
5321 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5322 		    /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used,
5323 		     * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */
5324 		    if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '='))
5325 #endif
5326 			goto skip;
5327 		}
5328 
5329 		if (subflags.do_ask)
5330 		{
5331 		    int typed = 0;
5332 
5333 		    /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works
5334 		     * properly */
5335 		    save_State = State;
5336 		    State = CONFIRM;
5337 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5338 		    setmouse();		/* disable mouse in xterm */
5339 #endif
5340 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col;
5341 		    if (curwin->w_p_crb)
5342 			do_check_cursorbind();
5343 
5344 		    /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when
5345 		     * asking for confirmation. */
5346 		    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL)
5347 			++no_u_sync;
5348 
5349 		    /*
5350 		     * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed.
5351 		     */
5352 		    while (subflags.do_ask)
5353 		    {
5354 			if (exmode_active)
5355 			{
5356 			    char_u	*resp;
5357 			    colnr_T	sc, ec;
5358 
5359 			    print_line_no_prefix(lnum,
5360 					 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list);
5361 
5362 			    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL);
5363 			    curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1;
5364 			    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0)
5365 				curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5366 			    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec);
5367 			    if (subflags.do_number || curwin->w_p_nu)
5368 			    {
5369 				int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1;
5370 				sc += numw;
5371 				ec += numw;
5372 			    }
5373 			    msg_start();
5374 			    for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i)
5375 				msg_putchar(' ');
5376 			    for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i)
5377 				msg_putchar('^');
5378 
5379 			    resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0);
5380 			    if (resp != NULL)
5381 			    {
5382 				typed = *resp;
5383 				vim_free(resp);
5384 			    }
5385 			}
5386 			else
5387 			{
5388 			    char_u *orig_line = NULL;
5389 			    int    len_change = 0;
5390 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5391 			    int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen;
5392 
5393 			    curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE;
5394 #endif
5395 			    /* Invert the matched string.
5396 			     * Remove the inversion afterwards. */
5397 			    temp = RedrawingDisabled;
5398 			    RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5399 
5400 			    if (new_start != NULL)
5401 			    {
5402 				/* There already was a substitution, we would
5403 				 * like to show this to the user.  We cannot
5404 				 * really update the line, it would change
5405 				 * what matches.  Temporarily replace the line
5406 				 * and change it back afterwards. */
5407 				orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum));
5408 				if (orig_line != NULL)
5409 				{
5410 				    char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start,
5411 						     sub_firstline + copycol);
5412 
5413 				    if (new_line == NULL)
5414 					VIM_CLEAR(orig_line);
5415 				    else
5416 				    {
5417 					/* Position the cursor relative to the
5418 					 * end of the line, the previous
5419 					 * substitute may have inserted or
5420 					 * deleted characters before the
5421 					 * cursor. */
5422 					len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line)
5423 						     - (int)STRLEN(orig_line);
5424 					curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change;
5425 					ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE);
5426 				    }
5427 				}
5428 			    }
5429 
5430 			    search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum
5431 						  - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5432 			    search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col
5433 								 + len_change;
5434 			    highlight_match = TRUE;
5435 
5436 			    update_topline();
5437 			    validate_cursor();
5438 			    update_screen(SOME_VALID);
5439 			    highlight_match = FALSE;
5440 			    redraw_later(SOME_VALID);
5441 
5442 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5443 			    curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen;
5444 #endif
5445 			    if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
5446 				msg_didout = FALSE;	/* avoid a scroll-up */
5447 			    msg_starthere();
5448 			    i = msg_scroll;
5449 			    msg_scroll = 0;		/* truncate msg when
5450 							   needed */
5451 			    msg_no_more = TRUE;
5452 			    /* write message same highlighting as for
5453 			     * wait_return */
5454 			    smsg_attr(HL_ATTR(HLF_R),
5455 				_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub);
5456 			    msg_no_more = FALSE;
5457 			    msg_scroll = i;
5458 			    showruler(TRUE);
5459 			    windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
5460 			    RedrawingDisabled = temp;
5461 
5462 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5463 			    dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5464 #endif
5465 			    ++no_mapping;	/* don't map this key */
5466 			    ++allow_keys;	/* allow special keys */
5467 			    typed = plain_vgetc();
5468 			    --allow_keys;
5469 			    --no_mapping;
5470 
5471 			    /* clear the question */
5472 			    msg_didout = FALSE;	/* don't scroll up */
5473 			    msg_col = 0;
5474 			    gotocmdline(TRUE);
5475 
5476 			    /* restore the line */
5477 			    if (orig_line != NULL)
5478 				ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
5479 			}
5480 
5481 			need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */
5482 			if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C
5483 #ifdef UNIX
5484 				|| typed == intr_char
5485 #endif
5486 				)
5487 			{
5488 			    got_quit = TRUE;
5489 			    break;
5490 			}
5491 			if (typed == 'n')
5492 			    break;
5493 			if (typed == 'y')
5494 			    break;
5495 			if (typed == 'l')
5496 			{
5497 			    /* last: replace and then stop */
5498 			    subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5499 			    line2 = lnum;
5500 			    break;
5501 			}
5502 			if (typed == 'a')
5503 			{
5504 			    subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5505 			    break;
5506 			}
5507 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5508 			if (typed == Ctrl_E)
5509 			    scrollup_clamp();
5510 			else if (typed == Ctrl_Y)
5511 			    scrolldown_clamp();
5512 #endif
5513 		    }
5514 		    State = save_State;
5515 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5516 		    setmouse();
5517 #endif
5518 		    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL)
5519 			--no_u_sync;
5520 
5521 		    if (typed == 'n')
5522 		    {
5523 			/* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at
5524 			 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that
5525 			 * we continue looking for a match on the next line.
5526 			 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc"
5527 			 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */
5528 			if (nmatch > 1)
5529 			{
5530 			    matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline);
5531 			    skip_match = TRUE;
5532 			}
5533 			goto skip;
5534 		    }
5535 		    if (got_quit)
5536 			goto skip;
5537 		}
5538 
5539 		/* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can
5540 		 * use "\=col("."). */
5541 		curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col;
5542 
5543 		/*
5544 		 * 3. substitute the string.
5545 		 */
5546 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5547 		if (subflags.do_count)
5548 		{
5549 		    /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */
5550 		    save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma;
5551 		    curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE;
5552 		    sandbox++;
5553 		}
5554 		/* Save flags for recursion.  They can change for e.g.
5555 		 * :s/^/\=execute("s#^##gn") */
5556 		subflags_save = subflags;
5557 #endif
5558 		/* get length of substitution part */
5559 		sublen = vim_regsub_multi(&regmatch,
5560 				    sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum,
5561 				    sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE);
5562 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5563 		/* Don't keep flags set by a recursive call. */
5564 		subflags = subflags_save;
5565 		if (subflags.do_count)
5566 		{
5567 		    curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma;
5568 		    if (sandbox > 0)
5569 			sandbox--;
5570 		    goto skip;
5571 		}
5572 #endif
5573 
5574 		/* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may
5575 		 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */
5576 		if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1)
5577 		{
5578 		    nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1;
5579 		    skip_match = TRUE;
5580 		}
5581 
5582 		/* Need room for:
5583 		 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line)
5584 		 * - original text up to match
5585 		 * - length of substituted part
5586 		 * - original text after match
5587 		 * Adjust text properties here, since we have all information
5588 		 * needed.
5589 		 */
5590 		if (nmatch == 1)
5591 		{
5592 		    p1 = sub_firstline;
5593 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP
5594 		    if (curbuf->b_has_textprop)
5595 			adjust_prop_columns(lnum, regmatch.startpos[0].col,
5596 			      sublen - 1 - (regmatch.endpos[0].col
5597 						  - regmatch.startpos[0].col));
5598 #endif
5599 		}
5600 		else
5601 		{
5602 		    p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1);
5603 		    nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1;
5604 		}
5605 		copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol;
5606 		needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1)
5607 				       - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1;
5608 		if (new_start == NULL)
5609 		{
5610 		    /*
5611 		     * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the
5612 		     * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid
5613 		     * too many calls to alloc()/free()).
5614 		     */
5615 		    new_start_len = needed_len + 50;
5616 		    if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL)
5617 			goto outofmem;
5618 		    *new_start = NUL;
5619 		    new_end = new_start;
5620 		}
5621 		else
5622 		{
5623 		    /*
5624 		     * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the
5625 		     * substitution into.  If not, make it larger (with a bit
5626 		     * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()).
5627 		     */
5628 		    len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start);
5629 		    needed_len += len;
5630 		    if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len)
5631 		    {
5632 			new_start_len = needed_len + 50;
5633 			if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL)
5634 			{
5635 			    vim_free(new_start);
5636 			    goto outofmem;
5637 			}
5638 			mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1));
5639 			vim_free(new_start);
5640 			new_start = p1;
5641 		    }
5642 		    new_end = new_start + len;
5643 		}
5644 
5645 		/*
5646 		 * copy the text up to the part that matched
5647 		 */
5648 		mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len);
5649 		new_end += copy_len;
5650 
5651 		(void)vim_regsub_multi(&regmatch,
5652 				    sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum,
5653 					   sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE);
5654 		sub_nsubs++;
5655 		did_sub = TRUE;
5656 
5657 		/* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it
5658 		 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */
5659 		curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5660 
5661 		/* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched
5662 		 * line and continue in that one. */
5663 		if (nmatch > 1)
5664 		{
5665 		    sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1;
5666 		    vim_free(sub_firstline);
5667 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum));
5668 		    /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */
5669 		    if (sub_firstlnum <= line2)
5670 			do_again = TRUE;
5671 		    else
5672 			subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5673 		}
5674 
5675 		/* Remember next character to be copied. */
5676 		copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
5677 
5678 		if (skip_match)
5679 		{
5680 		    /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one
5681 		     * less than what it ought to be. */
5682 		    vim_free(sub_firstline);
5683 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
5684 		    copycol = 0;
5685 		}
5686 
5687 		/*
5688 		 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line
5689 		 * break.  This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in
5690 		 * the text.  The line break can be avoided by preceding the
5691 		 * CTRL-M with a backslash.  To be able to insert a backslash,
5692 		 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here.
5693 		 * That is Vi compatible.
5694 		 */
5695 		for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1)
5696 		{
5697 		    if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL)  /* remove backslash */
5698 			STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1);
5699 		    else if (*p1 == CAR)
5700 		    {
5701 			if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK)   // prepare for undo
5702 			{
5703 			    colnr_T	plen = (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1);
5704 
5705 			    *p1 = NUL;		    // truncate up to the CR
5706 			    ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, plen, FALSE);
5707 			    mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
5708 			    if (subflags.do_ask)
5709 				appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L);
5710 			    else
5711 			    {
5712 				if (first_line == 0)
5713 				    first_line = lnum;
5714 				last_line = lnum + 1;
5715 			    }
5716 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP
5717 			    adjust_props_for_split(lnum, plen, 1);
5718 #endif
5719 			    // all line numbers increase
5720 			    ++sub_firstlnum;
5721 			    ++lnum;
5722 			    ++line2;
5723 			    // move the cursor to the new line, like Vi
5724 			    ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5725 			    // copy the rest
5726 			    STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1);
5727 			    p1 = new_start - 1;
5728 			}
5729 		    }
5730 		    else if (has_mbyte)
5731 			p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1;
5732 		}
5733 
5734 		/*
5735 		 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match.
5736 		 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty
5737 		 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g.
5738 		 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK.
5739 		 */
5740 skip:
5741 		/* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at
5742 		 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like
5743 		 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL.  "lnum" can be below
5744 		 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line
5745 		 * break. */
5746 		lastone = (skip_match
5747 			|| got_int
5748 			|| got_quit
5749 			|| lnum > line2
5750 			|| !(subflags.do_all || do_again)
5751 			|| (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1
5752 					 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog)));
5753 		nmatch = -1;
5754 
5755 		/*
5756 		 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed.  This is
5757 		 * skipped when there are more matches.
5758 		 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line
5759 		 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another
5760 		 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work.
5761 		 * When the match starts below where we start searching also
5762 		 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n).
5763 		 */
5764 		if (lastone
5765 			|| nmatch_tl > 0
5766 			|| (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin,
5767 							curbuf, sub_firstlnum,
5768 						    matchcol, NULL, NULL)) == 0
5769 			|| regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0)
5770 		{
5771 		    if (new_start != NULL)
5772 		    {
5773 			/*
5774 			 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match.
5775 			 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of
5776 			 * the line as reference, because the substitute may
5777 			 * have changed the number of characters.  Same for
5778 			 * "prev_matchcol".
5779 			 */
5780 			STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol);
5781 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol;
5782 			prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline)
5783 							      - prev_matchcol;
5784 
5785 			if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK)
5786 			    break;
5787 			ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE);
5788 
5789 			if (nmatch_tl > 0)
5790 			{
5791 			    /*
5792 			     * Matched lines have now been substituted and are
5793 			     * useless, delete them.  The part after the match
5794 			     * has been appended to new_start, we don't need
5795 			     * it in the buffer.
5796 			     */
5797 			    ++lnum;
5798 			    if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK)
5799 				break;
5800 			    for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i)
5801 				ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE);
5802 			    mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1,
5803 						   (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl);
5804 			    if (subflags.do_ask)
5805 				deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl);
5806 			    --lnum;
5807 			    line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */
5808 			    nmatch_tl = 0;
5809 			}
5810 
5811 			/* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set
5812 			 * changed flag each time. */
5813 			if (subflags.do_ask)
5814 			    changed_bytes(lnum, 0);
5815 			else
5816 			{
5817 			    if (first_line == 0)
5818 				first_line = lnum;
5819 			    last_line = lnum + 1;
5820 			}
5821 
5822 			sub_firstlnum = lnum;
5823 			vim_free(sub_firstline);    /* free the temp buffer */
5824 			sub_firstline = new_start;
5825 			new_start = NULL;
5826 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol;
5827 			prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline)
5828 							      - prev_matchcol;
5829 			copycol = 0;
5830 		    }
5831 		    if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone)
5832 			nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf,
5833 					  sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL, NULL);
5834 
5835 		    /*
5836 		     * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line
5837 		     */
5838 		    if (nmatch <= 0)
5839 		    {
5840 			/* If the match found didn't start where we were
5841 			 * searching, do the next search in the line where we
5842 			 * found the match. */
5843 			if (nmatch == -1)
5844 			    lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5845 			break;
5846 		    }
5847 		}
5848 
5849 		line_breakcheck();
5850 	    }
5851 
5852 	    if (did_sub)
5853 		++sub_nlines;
5854 	    vim_free(new_start);	/* for when substitute was cancelled */
5855 	    VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline);	/* free the copy of the original line */
5856 	}
5857 
5858 	line_breakcheck();
5859     }
5860 
5861     if (first_line != 0)
5862     {
5863 	/* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get
5864 	 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of
5865 	 * deleted lines). */
5866 	i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count;
5867 	changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i);
5868     }
5869 
5870 outofmem:
5871     vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */
5872 
5873     /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */
5874     if (subflags.do_count)
5875 	curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
5876 
5877     if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs)
5878     {
5879 	/* Set the '[ and '] marks. */
5880 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1;
5881 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
5882 	curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
5883 
5884 	if (!global_busy)
5885 	{
5886 	    /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */
5887 	    if (!subflags.do_ask)
5888 	    {
5889 		if (endcolumn)
5890 		    coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
5891 		else
5892 		    beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
5893 	    }
5894 	    if (!do_sub_msg(subflags.do_count) && subflags.do_ask)
5895 		msg("");
5896 	}
5897 	else
5898 	    global_need_beginline = TRUE;
5899 	if (subflags.do_print)
5900 	    print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
5901 					 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list);
5902     }
5903     else if (!global_busy)
5904     {
5905 	if (got_int)		/* interrupted */
5906 	    emsg(_(e_interr));
5907 	else if (got_match)	/* did find something but nothing substituted */
5908 	    msg("");
5909 	else if (subflags.do_error)	/* nothing found */
5910 	    semsg(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat());
5911     }
5912 
5913 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5914     if (subflags.do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin))
5915 	/* Cursor position may require updating */
5916 	changed_window_setting();
5917 #endif
5918 
5919     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
5920 
5921     /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */
5922     subflags.do_all = save_do_all;
5923     subflags.do_ask = save_do_ask;
5924 }
5925 
5926 /*
5927  * Give message for number of substitutions.
5928  * Can also be used after a ":global" command.
5929  * Return TRUE if a message was given.
5930  */
5931     int
5932 do_sub_msg(
5933     int	    count_only)		/* used 'n' flag for ":s" */
5934 {
5935     /*
5936      * Only report substitutions when:
5937      * - more than 'report' substitutions
5938      * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report'
5939      * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw'
5940      */
5941     if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1))
5942 		|| count_only)
5943 	    && messaging())
5944     {
5945 	char	*msg_single;
5946 	char	*msg_plural;
5947 
5948 	if (got_int)
5949 	    STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) "));
5950 	else
5951 	    *msg_buf = NUL;
5952 
5953 	msg_single = count_only
5954 		    ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld line",
5955 					  "%ld matches on %ld line", sub_nsubs)
5956 		    : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld line",
5957 				   "%ld substitutions on %ld line", sub_nsubs);
5958 	msg_plural = count_only
5959 		    ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld lines",
5960 					 "%ld matches on %ld lines", sub_nsubs)
5961 		    : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld lines",
5962 				  "%ld substitutions on %ld lines", sub_nsubs);
5963 
5964 	vim_snprintf_add(msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf),
5965 				 NGETTEXT(msg_single, msg_plural, sub_nlines),
5966 				 sub_nsubs, (long)sub_nlines);
5967 
5968 	if (msg(msg_buf))
5969 	    /* save message to display it after redraw */
5970 	    set_keep_msg((char_u *)msg_buf, 0);
5971 	return TRUE;
5972     }
5973     if (got_int)
5974     {
5975 	emsg(_(e_interr));
5976 	return TRUE;
5977     }
5978     return FALSE;
5979 }
5980 
5981     static void
5982 global_exe_one(char_u *cmd, linenr_T lnum)
5983 {
5984     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5985     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5986     if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n')
5987 	do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT);
5988     else
5989 	do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT);
5990 }
5991 
5992 /*
5993  * Execute a global command of the form:
5994  *
5995  * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches
5996  * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match
5997  *
5998  * where 'X' is an EX command
5999  *
6000  * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and
6001  * is assumed to be 'p' if missing.
6002  *
6003  * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and
6004  * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command
6005  * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting
6006  * lines we do not know where to search for the next match.
6007  */
6008     void
6009 ex_global(exarg_T *eap)
6010 {
6011     linenr_T	lnum;		/* line number according to old situation */
6012     int		ndone = 0;
6013     int		type;		/* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */
6014     char_u	*cmd;		/* command argument */
6015 
6016     char_u	delim;		/* delimiter, normally '/' */
6017     char_u	*pat;
6018     regmmatch_T	regmatch;
6019     int		match;
6020     int		which_pat;
6021 
6022     /* When nesting the command works on one line.  This allows for
6023      * ":g/found/v/notfound/command". */
6024     if (global_busy && (eap->line1 != 1
6025 				  || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count))
6026     {
6027 	/* will increment global_busy to break out of the loop */
6028 	emsg(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive with a range"));
6029 	return;
6030     }
6031 
6032     if (eap->forceit)		    /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */
6033 	type = 'v';
6034     else
6035 	type = *eap->cmd;
6036     cmd = eap->arg;
6037     which_pat = RE_LAST;	    /* default: use last used regexp */
6038 
6039     /*
6040      * undocumented vi feature:
6041      *	"\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern.
6042      *		 "\&": use previous substitute pattern.
6043      */
6044     if (*cmd == '\\')
6045     {
6046 	++cmd;
6047 	if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL)
6048 	{
6049 	    emsg(_(e_backslash));
6050 	    return;
6051 	}
6052 	if (*cmd == '&')
6053 	    which_pat = RE_SUBST;	/* use previous substitute pattern */
6054 	else
6055 	    which_pat = RE_SEARCH;	/* use previous search pattern */
6056 	++cmd;
6057 	pat = (char_u *)"";
6058     }
6059     else if (*cmd == NUL)
6060     {
6061 	emsg(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global"));
6062 	return;
6063     }
6064     else
6065     {
6066 	delim = *cmd;		/* get the delimiter */
6067 	if (delim)
6068 	    ++cmd;		/* skip delimiter if there is one */
6069 	pat = cmd;		/* remember start of pattern */
6070 	cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg);
6071 	if (cmd[0] == delim)		    /* end delimiter found */
6072 	    *cmd++ = NUL;		    /* replace it with a NUL */
6073     }
6074 
6075 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP	/* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */
6076     if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl)
6077 	lrFswap(pat,0);
6078 #endif
6079 
6080     if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, &regmatch) == FAIL)
6081     {
6082 	emsg(_(e_invcmd));
6083 	return;
6084     }
6085 
6086     if (global_busy)
6087     {
6088 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6089 	match = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
6090 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
6091 	if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match))
6092 	    global_exe_one(cmd, lnum);
6093     }
6094     else
6095     {
6096 	/*
6097 	 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line
6098 	 */
6099 	for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum)
6100 	{
6101 	    /* a match on this line? */
6102 	    match = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
6103 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
6104 	    if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match))
6105 	    {
6106 		ml_setmarked(lnum);
6107 		ndone++;
6108 	    }
6109 	    line_breakcheck();
6110 	}
6111 
6112 	/*
6113 	 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked
6114 	 */
6115 	if (got_int)
6116 	    msg(_(e_interr));
6117 	else if (ndone == 0)
6118 	{
6119 	    if (type == 'v')
6120 		smsg(_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat);
6121 	    else
6122 		smsg(_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat);
6123 	}
6124 	else
6125 	{
6126 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6127 	    start_global_changes();
6128 #endif
6129 	    global_exe(cmd);
6130 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6131 	    end_global_changes();
6132 #endif
6133 	}
6134 
6135 	ml_clearmarked();	   /* clear rest of the marks */
6136     }
6137 
6138     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
6139 }
6140 
6141 /*
6142  * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked().
6143  */
6144     void
6145 global_exe(char_u *cmd)
6146 {
6147     linenr_T old_lcount;	/* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */
6148     buf_T    *old_buf = curbuf;	/* remember what buffer we started in */
6149     linenr_T lnum;		/* line number according to old situation */
6150 
6151     /*
6152      * Set current position only once for a global command.
6153      * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything.
6154      * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented.
6155      */
6156     setpcmark();
6157 
6158     /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */
6159     msg_didout = TRUE;
6160 
6161     sub_nsubs = 0;
6162     sub_nlines = 0;
6163     global_need_beginline = FALSE;
6164     global_busy = 1;
6165     old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6166     while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1)
6167     {
6168 	global_exe_one(cmd, lnum);
6169 	ui_breakcheck();
6170     }
6171 
6172     global_busy = 0;
6173     if (global_need_beginline)
6174 	beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
6175     else
6176 	check_cursor();	/* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */
6177 
6178     /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous
6179      * line may move it on the screen */
6180     changed_line_abv_curs();
6181 
6182     /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the
6183      * command with the report for number of changes. */
6184     if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0)
6185 	msg_didout = FALSE;
6186 
6187     /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report
6188      * number of extra or deleted lines.
6189      * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer
6190      * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */
6191     if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf)
6192 	msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount);
6193 }
6194 
6195 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
6196     int
6197 read_viminfo_sub_string(vir_T *virp, int force)
6198 {
6199     if (force)
6200 	vim_free(old_sub);
6201     if (force || old_sub == NULL)
6202 	old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE);
6203     return viminfo_readline(virp);
6204 }
6205 
6206     void
6207 write_viminfo_sub_string(FILE *fp)
6208 {
6209     if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL)
6210     {
6211 	fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp);
6212 	viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub);
6213     }
6214 }
6215 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */
6216 
6217 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6218     void
6219 free_old_sub(void)
6220 {
6221     vim_free(old_sub);
6222 }
6223 #endif
6224 
6225 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO)
6226 /*
6227  * Set up for a tagpreview.
6228  * Return TRUE when it was created.
6229  */
6230     int
6231 prepare_tagpreview(
6232     int		undo_sync)	/* sync undo when leaving the window */
6233 {
6234     win_T	*wp;
6235 
6236 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6237     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
6238 # endif
6239 
6240     /*
6241      * If there is already a preview window open, use that one.
6242      */
6243     if (!curwin->w_p_pvw)
6244     {
6245 	FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6246 	    if (wp->w_p_pvw)
6247 		break;
6248 	if (wp != NULL)
6249 	    win_enter(wp, undo_sync);
6250 	else
6251 	{
6252 	    /*
6253 	     * There is no preview window open yet.  Create one.
6254 	     */
6255 	    if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0)
6256 								      == FAIL)
6257 		return FALSE;
6258 	    curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE;
6259 	    curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE;
6260 	    RESET_BINDING(curwin);	    /* don't take over 'scrollbind'
6261 					       and 'cursorbind' */
6262 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6263 	    curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE;	    /* no 'diff' */
6264 # endif
6265 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6266 	    curwin->w_p_fdc = 0;	    /* no 'foldcolumn' */
6267 # endif
6268 	    return TRUE;
6269 	}
6270     }
6271     return FALSE;
6272 }
6273 
6274 #endif
6275 
6276 
6277 /*
6278  * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file
6279  */
6280     void
6281 ex_help(exarg_T *eap)
6282 {
6283     char_u	*arg;
6284     char_u	*tag;
6285     FILE	*helpfd;	/* file descriptor of help file */
6286     int		n;
6287     int		i;
6288     win_T	*wp;
6289     int		num_matches;
6290     char_u	**matches;
6291     char_u	*p;
6292     int		empty_fnum = 0;
6293     int		alt_fnum = 0;
6294     buf_T	*buf;
6295 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6296     int		len;
6297     char_u	*lang;
6298 #endif
6299 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6300     int		old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped;
6301 #endif
6302 
6303     if (eap != NULL)
6304     {
6305 	/*
6306 	 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is
6307 	 * followed by some text.  Set nextcmd to the following command.
6308 	 */
6309 	for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg)
6310 	{
6311 	    if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r'
6312 		    || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|'))
6313 	    {
6314 		*arg++ = NUL;
6315 		eap->nextcmd = arg;
6316 		break;
6317 	    }
6318 	}
6319 	arg = eap->arg;
6320 
6321 	if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help)
6322 	{
6323 	    emsg(_("E478: Don't panic!"));
6324 	    return;
6325 	}
6326 
6327 	if (eap->skip)	    /* not executing commands */
6328 	    return;
6329     }
6330     else
6331 	arg = (char_u *)"";
6332 
6333     /* remove trailing blanks */
6334     p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1;
6335     while (p > arg && VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && p[-1] != '\\')
6336 	*p-- = NUL;
6337 
6338 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6339     /* Check for a specified language */
6340     lang = check_help_lang(arg);
6341 #endif
6342 
6343     /* When no argument given go to the index. */
6344     if (*arg == NUL)
6345 	arg = (char_u *)"help.txt";
6346 
6347     /*
6348      * Check if there is a match for the argument.
6349      */
6350     n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches,
6351 						 eap != NULL && eap->forceit);
6352 
6353     i = 0;
6354 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6355     if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL)
6356 	/* Find first item with the requested language. */
6357 	for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i)
6358 	{
6359 	    len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]);
6360 	    if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@'
6361 				  && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0)
6362 		break;
6363 	}
6364 #endif
6365     if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL)
6366     {
6367 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6368 	if (lang != NULL)
6369 	    semsg(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg);
6370 	else
6371 #endif
6372 	    semsg(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg);
6373 	if (n != FAIL)
6374 	    FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
6375 	return;
6376     }
6377 
6378     /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */
6379     tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]);
6380     FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
6381 
6382 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6383     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
6384 #endif
6385 
6386     /*
6387      * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one.
6388      * Always open a new one for ":tab help".
6389      */
6390     if (!bt_help(curwin->w_buffer) || cmdmod.tab != 0)
6391     {
6392 	if (cmdmod.tab != 0)
6393 	    wp = NULL;
6394 	else
6395 	    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6396 		if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer))
6397 		    break;
6398 	if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0)
6399 	    win_enter(wp, TRUE);
6400 	else
6401 	{
6402 	    /*
6403 	     * There is no help window yet.
6404 	     * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option.
6405 	     */
6406 	    if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL)
6407 	    {
6408 		smsg(_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf);
6409 		goto erret;
6410 	    }
6411 	    fclose(helpfd);
6412 
6413 	    /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position
6414 	     * specified, the current window is vertically split and
6415 	     * narrow. */
6416 	    n = WSP_HELP;
6417 	    if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns
6418 						  && curwin->w_width < 80)
6419 		n |= WSP_TOP;
6420 	    if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL)
6421 		goto erret;
6422 
6423 	    if (curwin->w_height < p_hh)
6424 		win_setheight((int)p_hh);
6425 
6426 	    /*
6427 	     * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will
6428 	     * set b_p_ro flag).
6429 	     * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file.
6430 	     */
6431 	    alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
6432 	    (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL,
6433 			  ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP,
6434 			  NULL);  /* buffer is still open, don't store info */
6435 	    if (!cmdmod.keepalt)
6436 		curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum;
6437 	    empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
6438 	}
6439     }
6440 
6441     if (!p_im)
6442 	restart_edit = 0;	    /* don't want insert mode in help file */
6443 
6444 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6445     /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it.
6446      * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */
6447     KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped;
6448 #endif
6449 
6450     if (tag != NULL)
6451 	do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE);
6452 
6453     /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it.  Careful: autocommands
6454      * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a
6455      * window. */
6456     if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum)
6457     {
6458 	buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum);
6459 	if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0)
6460 	    wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE);
6461     }
6462 
6463     /* keep the previous alternate file */
6464     if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt)
6465 	curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum;
6466 
6467 erret:
6468     vim_free(tag);
6469 }
6470 
6471 /*
6472  * ":helpclose": Close one help window
6473  */
6474     void
6475 ex_helpclose(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
6476 {
6477     win_T *win;
6478 
6479     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win)
6480     {
6481 	if (bt_help(win->w_buffer))
6482 	{
6483 	    win_close(win, FALSE);
6484 	    return;
6485 	}
6486     }
6487 }
6488 
6489 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO)
6490 /*
6491  * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx".
6492  * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx".
6493  * Returns NULL if not found.
6494  */
6495     char_u *
6496 check_help_lang(char_u *arg)
6497 {
6498     int len = (int)STRLEN(arg);
6499 
6500     if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2])
6501 					       && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1]))
6502     {
6503 	arg[len - 3] = NUL;		/* remove the '@' */
6504 	return arg + len - 2;
6505     }
6506     return NULL;
6507 }
6508 #endif
6509 
6510 /*
6511  * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches.  The
6512  * smaller the number, the better the match.  This is the order of priorities,
6513  * from best match to worst match:
6514  *	- Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better.
6515  *	- Match with least total characters is better.
6516  *	- Match towards the start is better.
6517  *	- Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command)
6518  * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to
6519  * match some string for which help is requested.  webb.
6520  */
6521     int
6522 help_heuristic(
6523     char_u	*matched_string,
6524     int		offset,			/* offset for match */
6525     int		wrong_case)		/* no matching case */
6526 {
6527     int		num_letters;
6528     char_u	*p;
6529 
6530     num_letters = 0;
6531     for (p = matched_string; *p; p++)
6532 	if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p))
6533 	    num_letters++;
6534 
6535     /*
6536      * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger
6537      * weighting than the number of characters.
6538      * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000.
6539      * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it
6540      * somewhere in the last half.
6541      * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to
6542      * put it after matches at the start.
6543      */
6544     if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0
6545 				 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1]))
6546 	offset += 10000;
6547     else if (offset > 2)
6548 	offset *= 200;
6549     if (wrong_case)
6550 	offset += 5000;
6551     /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+"
6552      * alone is not a feature. */
6553     if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL)
6554 	offset += 100;
6555     return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset);
6556 }
6557 
6558 /*
6559  * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number
6560  * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags().
6561  */
6562     static int
6563 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
6564 _RTLENTRYF
6565 #endif
6566 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
6567 {
6568     char    *p1;
6569     char    *p2;
6570 
6571     p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1;
6572     p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1;
6573     return strcmp(p1, p2);
6574 }
6575 
6576 /*
6577  * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with
6578  * the number of matches in num_matches.
6579  * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm.
6580  * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer.
6581  */
6582     int
6583 find_help_tags(
6584     char_u	*arg,
6585     int		*num_matches,
6586     char_u	***matches,
6587     int		keep_lang)
6588 {
6589     char_u	*s, *d;
6590     int		i;
6591     static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*",
6592 			       "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**",
6593 			       "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)",
6594 			       "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??",
6595 			       "-?", "q?", "v_g?",
6596 			       "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=",
6597 			       "[count]", "[quotex]",
6598 			       "[range]", ":[range]",
6599 			       "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$",
6600 			       "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L",
6601 			       "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"};
6602     static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star",
6603 			       "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar",
6604 			       "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)",
6605 			       "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??",
6606 			       "-?", "q?", "v_g?",
6607 			       "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=",
6608 			       "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]",
6609 			       "\\[range]", ":\\[range]",
6610 			       "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$",
6611 			       "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L",
6612 			       "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"};
6613     static char *(expr_table[]) = {"!=?", "!~?", "<=?", "<?", "==?", "=~?",
6614 				">=?", ">?", "is?", "isnot?"};
6615     int flags;
6616 
6617     d = IObuff;		    /* assume IObuff is long enough! */
6618 
6619     if (STRNICMP(arg, "expr-", 5) == 0)
6620     {
6621 	// When the string starting with "expr-" and containing '?' and matches
6622 	// the table, it is taken literally.  Otherwise '?' is recognized as a
6623 	// wildcard.
6624 	for (i = (int)(sizeof(expr_table) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
6625 	    if (STRCMP(arg + 5, expr_table[i]) == 0)
6626 	    {
6627 		STRCPY(d, arg);
6628 		break;
6629 	    }
6630     }
6631     else
6632     {
6633 	// Recognize a few exceptions to the rule.  Some strings that contain
6634 	// '*' with "star".  Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard.
6635 	for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
6636 	    if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0)
6637 	    {
6638 		STRCPY(d, rtable[i]);
6639 		break;
6640 	    }
6641     }
6642 
6643     if (i < 0)	/* no match in table */
6644     {
6645 	/* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc.  Otherwise every tag is matched.
6646 	 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too.
6647 	 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc.
6648 	 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc.
6649 	 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */
6650 	if (arg[0] == '\\'
6651 		&& ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL)
6652 		    || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL
6653 							   && arg[2] != NUL)))
6654 	{
6655 	    STRCPY(d, "/\\\\");
6656 	    STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1);
6657 	    /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */
6658 	    if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$')
6659 		STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$");
6660 	}
6661 	else
6662 	{
6663 	  /* Replace:
6664 	   * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]"
6665 	   * "[++...]" with "\[++...]"
6666 	   * "\{" with "\\{"		   -- matching "} \}"
6667 	   */
6668 	    if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':'
6669 			 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+')))
6670 		    || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{'))
6671 	      *d++ = '\\';
6672 
6673 	  /*
6674 	   * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'.
6675 	   */
6676 	  if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'')
6677 	      arg++;
6678 	  for (s = arg; *s; ++s)
6679 	  {
6680 	    /*
6681 	     * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of
6682 	     * the tags for these commands.
6683 	     * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line
6684 	     * completion.
6685 	     * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their
6686 	     * special meaning.
6687 	     */
6688 	    if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10)	/* getting too long!? */
6689 		break;
6690 	    switch (*s)
6691 	    {
6692 		case '|':   STRCPY(d, "bar");
6693 			    d += 3;
6694 			    continue;
6695 		case '"':   STRCPY(d, "quote");
6696 			    d += 5;
6697 			    continue;
6698 		case '*':   *d++ = '.';
6699 			    break;
6700 		case '?':   *d++ = '.';
6701 			    continue;
6702 		case '$':
6703 		case '.':
6704 		case '~':   *d++ = '\\';
6705 			    break;
6706 	    }
6707 
6708 	    /*
6709 	     * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make
6710 	     * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work.
6711 	     * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable.
6712 	     */
6713 	    if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1])
6714 			   || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL)))
6715 	    {
6716 		if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\')
6717 		    *d++ = '_';		/* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */
6718 		STRCPY(d, "CTRL-");
6719 		d += 5;
6720 		if (*s < ' ')
6721 		{
6722 #ifdef EBCDIC
6723 		    *d++ = CtrlChar(*s);
6724 #else
6725 		    *d++ = *s + '@';
6726 #endif
6727 		    if (d[-1] == '\\')
6728 			*d++ = '\\';	/* double a backslash */
6729 		}
6730 		else
6731 		    *d++ = *++s;
6732 		if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_')
6733 		    *d++ = '_';		/* append a '_' */
6734 		continue;
6735 	    }
6736 	    else if (*s == '^')		/* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */
6737 		*d++ = '\\';
6738 
6739 	    /*
6740 	     * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search
6741 	     * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|".
6742 	     */
6743 	    else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\'
6744 					       && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1)
6745 		*d++ = '\\';
6746 
6747 	    /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in
6748 	     * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */
6749 	    if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0)
6750 	    {
6751 		STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\");
6752 		d += 7;
6753 		s += 6;
6754 	    }
6755 
6756 	    *d++ = *s;
6757 
6758 	    /*
6759 	     * If tag contains "({" or "([", tag terminates at the "(".
6760 	     * This is for help on functions, e.g.: abs({expr}).
6761 	     */
6762 	    if (*s == '(' && (s[1] == '{' || s[1] =='['))
6763 		break;
6764 
6765 	    /*
6766 	     * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes
6767 	     * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.').
6768 	     */
6769 	    if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'')
6770 		break;
6771 	    /* Also '{' and '}'. */
6772 	    if (*s == '}' && s > arg && *arg == '{')
6773 		break;
6774 	  }
6775 	  *d = NUL;
6776 
6777 	  if (*IObuff == '`')
6778 	  {
6779 	      if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`')
6780 	      {
6781 		  /* remove the backticks from `command` */
6782 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6783 		  d[-2] = NUL;
6784 	      }
6785 	      else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',')
6786 	      {
6787 		  /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */
6788 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6789 		  d[-3] = NUL;
6790 	      }
6791 	      else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`'
6792 					     && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.')
6793 	      {
6794 		  /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */
6795 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6796 		  d[-4] = NUL;
6797 	      }
6798 	  }
6799 	}
6800     }
6801 
6802     *matches = (char_u **)"";
6803     *num_matches = 0;
6804     flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE;
6805     if (keep_lang)
6806 	flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG;
6807     if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK
6808 	    && *num_matches > 0)
6809     {
6810 	/* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the
6811 	 * tag name. */
6812 	qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches,
6813 					      sizeof(char_u *), help_compare);
6814 	/* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */
6815 	while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY)
6816 	    vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]);
6817     }
6818     return OK;
6819 }
6820 
6821 /*
6822  * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file.
6823  */
6824     static void
6825 prepare_help_buffer(void)
6826 {
6827     char_u	*p;
6828 
6829     curbuf->b_help = TRUE;
6830 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
6831     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1,
6832 				     (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6833 #endif
6834 
6835     /*
6836      * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the
6837      * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way.
6838      * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and
6839      * latin1 word characters (for translated help files).
6840      * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work.
6841      */
6842     p =
6843 #ifdef EBCDIC
6844 	    (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\"";
6845 #else
6846 	    (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255";
6847 #endif
6848     if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0)
6849     {
6850 	set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6851 	check_buf_options(curbuf);
6852 	(void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE);
6853     }
6854 
6855 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6856     /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/
6857     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual",
6858 						       OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6859 #endif
6860 
6861     curbuf->b_p_ts = 8;		/* 'tabstop' is 8 */
6862     curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;	/* no list mode */
6863 
6864     curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE;		/* not modifiable */
6865     curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE;	/* reset 'bin' before reading file */
6866     curwin->w_p_nu = 0;		/* no line numbers */
6867     curwin->w_p_rnu = 0;		/* no relative line numbers */
6868     RESET_BINDING(curwin);		/* no scroll or cursor binding */
6869 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6870     curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE;	/* no arabic mode */
6871 #endif
6872 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6873     curwin->w_p_rl  = FALSE;	/* help window is left-to-right */
6874 #endif
6875 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6876     curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE;	/* No folding in the help window */
6877 #endif
6878 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6879     curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE;	/* No 'diff' */
6880 #endif
6881 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6882     curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE;	/* No spell checking */
6883 #endif
6884 
6885     set_buflisted(FALSE);
6886 }
6887 
6888 /*
6889  * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax
6890  * highlighting is not used.
6891  */
6892     void
6893 fix_help_buffer(void)
6894 {
6895     linenr_T	lnum;
6896     char_u	*line;
6897     int		in_example = FALSE;
6898     int		len;
6899     char_u	*fname;
6900     char_u	*p;
6901     char_u	*rt;
6902     int		mustfree;
6903 
6904     /* Set filetype to "help" if still needed. */
6905     if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_ft, "help") != 0)
6906     {
6907 	++curbuf_lock;
6908 	set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL);
6909 	--curbuf_lock;
6910     }
6911 
6912 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6913     if (!syntax_present(curwin))
6914 #endif
6915     {
6916 	for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
6917 	{
6918 	    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE);
6919 	    len = (int)STRLEN(line);
6920 	    if (in_example && len > 0 && !VIM_ISWHITE(line[0]))
6921 	    {
6922 		/* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */
6923 		if (line[0] == '<')
6924 		{
6925 		    /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */
6926 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6927 		    line[0] = ' ';
6928 		}
6929 		in_example = FALSE;
6930 	    }
6931 	    if (!in_example && len > 0)
6932 	    {
6933 		if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' '))
6934 		{
6935 		    /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */
6936 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6937 		    line[len - 1] = ' ';
6938 		    in_example = TRUE;
6939 		}
6940 		else if (line[len - 1] == '~')
6941 		{
6942 		    /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */
6943 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6944 		    line[len - 1] = ' ';
6945 		}
6946 	    }
6947 	}
6948     }
6949 
6950     /*
6951      * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help
6952      * files.  This uses the very first line in the help file.
6953      */
6954     fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname);
6955     if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0
6956 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6957 	|| (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0
6958 	    && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5])
6959 	    && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6])
6960 	    && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x'
6961 	    && fname[8] == NUL)
6962 #endif
6963 	)
6964     {
6965 	for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
6966 	{
6967 	    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE);
6968 	    if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL)
6969 		continue;
6970 
6971 	    /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping
6972 	     * $VIMRUNTIME. */
6973 	    p = p_rtp;
6974 	    while (*p != NUL)
6975 	    {
6976 		copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ",");
6977 		mustfree = FALSE;
6978 		rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree);
6979 		if (rt != NULL && fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME)
6980 		{
6981 		    int		fcount;
6982 		    char_u	**fnames;
6983 		    FILE	*fd;
6984 		    char_u	*s;
6985 		    int		fi;
6986 		    vimconv_T	vc;
6987 		    char_u	*cp;
6988 
6989 		    /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */
6990 		    add_pathsep(NameBuff);
6991 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6992 		    STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]");
6993 #else
6994 		    STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt");
6995 #endif
6996 		    if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount,
6997 					 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK
6998 			    && fcount > 0)
6999 		    {
7000 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
7001 			int	i1, i2;
7002 			char_u	*f1, *f2;
7003 			char_u	*t1, *t2;
7004 			char_u	*e1, *e2;
7005 
7006 			/* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in
7007 			 * the same directory. */
7008 			for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1)
7009 			{
7010 			    for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2)
7011 			    {
7012 				if (i1 == i2)
7013 				    continue;
7014 				if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL)
7015 				    continue;
7016 				f1 = fnames[i1];
7017 				f2 = fnames[i2];
7018 				t1 = gettail(f1);
7019 				t2 = gettail(f2);
7020 				e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.');
7021 				e2 = vim_strrchr(t2, '.');
7022 				if (e1 == NULL || e2 == NULL)
7023 				    continue;
7024 				if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0
7025 				    && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0)
7026 				{
7027 				    /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */
7028 				    VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]);
7029 				    continue;
7030 				}
7031 				if (e1 - f1 != e2 - f2
7032 					    || fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0)
7033 				    continue;
7034 				if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0
7035 				    && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0)
7036 				    /* use .abx instead of .txt */
7037 				    VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]);
7038 			    }
7039 			}
7040 #endif
7041 			for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi)
7042 			{
7043 			    if (fnames[fi] == NULL)
7044 				continue;
7045 			    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r");
7046 			    if (fd != NULL)
7047 			    {
7048 				vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd);
7049 				if (IObuff[0] == '*'
7050 					&& (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*'))
7051 								  != NULL)
7052 				{
7053 				    int	this_utf = MAYBE;
7054 
7055 				    /* Change tag definition to a
7056 				     * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */
7057 				    IObuff[0] = '|';
7058 				    *s = '|';
7059 				    while (*s != NUL)
7060 				    {
7061 					if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n')
7062 					    *s = NUL;
7063 					/* The text is utf-8 when a byte
7064 					 * above 127 is found and no
7065 					 * illegal byte sequence is found.
7066 					 */
7067 					if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE)
7068 					{
7069 					    int	l;
7070 
7071 					    this_utf = TRUE;
7072 					    l = utf_ptr2len(s);
7073 					    if (l == 1)
7074 						this_utf = FALSE;
7075 					    s += l - 1;
7076 					}
7077 					++s;
7078 				    }
7079 
7080 				    /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8;
7081 				     * conversion to the current
7082 				     * 'encoding' may be required. */
7083 				    vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
7084 				    convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)(
7085 						this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8"
7086 						      : "latin1"), p_enc);
7087 				    if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE)
7088 					/* No conversion needed. */
7089 					cp = IObuff;
7090 				    else
7091 				    {
7092 					/* Do the conversion.  If it fails
7093 					 * use the unconverted text. */
7094 					cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff,
7095 								    NULL);
7096 					if (cp == NULL)
7097 					    cp = IObuff;
7098 				    }
7099 				    convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL);
7100 
7101 				    ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
7102 				    if (cp != IObuff)
7103 					vim_free(cp);
7104 				    ++lnum;
7105 				}
7106 				fclose(fd);
7107 			    }
7108 			}
7109 			FreeWild(fcount, fnames);
7110 		    }
7111 		}
7112 		if (mustfree)
7113 		    vim_free(rt);
7114 	    }
7115 	    break;
7116 	}
7117     }
7118 }
7119 
7120 /*
7121  * ":exusage"
7122  */
7123     void
7124 ex_exusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7125 {
7126     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index");
7127 }
7128 
7129 /*
7130  * ":viusage"
7131  */
7132     void
7133 ex_viusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7134 {
7135     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index");
7136 }
7137 
7138 /*
7139  * Generate tags in one help directory.
7140  */
7141     static void
7142 helptags_one(
7143     char_u	*dir,		/* doc directory */
7144     char_u	*ext,		/* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */
7145     char_u	*tagfname,	/* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */
7146     int		add_help_tags)	/* add "help-tags" tag */
7147 {
7148     FILE	*fd_tags;
7149     FILE	*fd;
7150     garray_T	ga;
7151     int		filecount;
7152     char_u	**files;
7153     char_u	*p1, *p2;
7154     int		fi;
7155     char_u	*s;
7156     int		i;
7157     char_u	*fname;
7158     int		dirlen;
7159     int		utf8 = MAYBE;
7160     int		this_utf8;
7161     int		firstline;
7162     int		mix = FALSE;	/* detected mixed encodings */
7163 
7164     /*
7165      * Find all *.txt files.
7166      */
7167     dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir);
7168     STRCPY(NameBuff, dir);
7169     STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*");
7170     STRCAT(NameBuff, ext);
7171     if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files,
7172 						    EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL
7173 	    || filecount == 0)
7174     {
7175 	if (!got_int)
7176 	    semsg(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff);
7177 	return;
7178     }
7179 
7180     /*
7181      * Open the tags file for writing.
7182      * Do this before scanning through all the files.
7183      */
7184     STRCPY(NameBuff, dir);
7185     add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7186     STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname);
7187     fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w");
7188     if (fd_tags == NULL)
7189     {
7190 	semsg(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff);
7191 	FreeWild(filecount, files);
7192 	return;
7193     }
7194 
7195     /*
7196      * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc"
7197      * add the "help-tags" tag.
7198      */
7199     ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100);
7200     if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc",
7201 						      dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
7202     {
7203 	if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
7204 	    got_int = TRUE;
7205 	else
7206 	{
7207 	    s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname));
7208 	    if (s == NULL)
7209 		got_int = TRUE;
7210 	    else
7211 	    {
7212 		sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname);
7213 		((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s;
7214 		++ga.ga_len;
7215 	    }
7216 	}
7217     }
7218 
7219     /*
7220      * Go over all the files and extract the tags.
7221      */
7222     for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi)
7223     {
7224 	fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r");
7225 	if (fd == NULL)
7226 	{
7227 	    semsg(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]);
7228 	    continue;
7229 	}
7230 	fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1;
7231 
7232 	firstline = TRUE;
7233 	while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int)
7234 	{
7235 	    if (firstline)
7236 	    {
7237 		/* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */
7238 		this_utf8 = MAYBE;
7239 		for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s)
7240 		    if (*s >= 0x80)
7241 		    {
7242 			int l;
7243 
7244 			this_utf8 = TRUE;
7245 			l = utf_ptr2len(s);
7246 			if (l == 1)
7247 			{
7248 			    /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */
7249 			    this_utf8 = FALSE;
7250 			    break;
7251 			}
7252 			s += l - 1;
7253 		    }
7254 		if (this_utf8 == MAYBE)	    /* only ASCII characters found */
7255 		    this_utf8 = FALSE;
7256 		if (utf8 == MAYBE)	    /* first file */
7257 		    utf8 = this_utf8;
7258 		else if (utf8 != this_utf8)
7259 		{
7260 		    semsg(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]);
7261 		    mix = !got_int;
7262 		    got_int = TRUE;
7263 		}
7264 		firstline = FALSE;
7265 	    }
7266 	    p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*');	/* find first '*' */
7267 	    while (p1 != NULL)
7268 	    {
7269 		/* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when
7270 		 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the
7271 		 * second byte. */
7272 		p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*');	/* find second '*' */
7273 		if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1)	/* skip "*" and "**" */
7274 		{
7275 		    for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s)
7276 			if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|')
7277 			    break;
7278 
7279 		    /*
7280 		     * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid
7281 		     * characters, there is white space before it and is
7282 		     * followed by a white character or end-of-line.
7283 		     */
7284 		    if (s == p2
7285 			    && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t')
7286 			    && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL
7287 				|| s[1] == '\0'))
7288 		    {
7289 			*p2 = '\0';
7290 			++p1;
7291 			if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
7292 			{
7293 			    got_int = TRUE;
7294 			    break;
7295 			}
7296 			s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2));
7297 			if (s == NULL)
7298 			{
7299 			    got_int = TRUE;
7300 			    break;
7301 			}
7302 			((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s;
7303 			++ga.ga_len;
7304 			sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname);
7305 
7306 			/* find next '*' */
7307 			p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*');
7308 		    }
7309 		}
7310 		p1 = p2;
7311 	    }
7312 	    line_breakcheck();
7313 	}
7314 
7315 	fclose(fd);
7316     }
7317 
7318     FreeWild(filecount, files);
7319 
7320     if (!got_int)
7321     {
7322 	/*
7323 	 * Sort the tags.
7324 	 */
7325 	if (ga.ga_data != NULL)
7326 	    sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len);
7327 
7328 	/*
7329 	 * Check for duplicates.
7330 	 */
7331 	for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7332 	{
7333 	    p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1];
7334 	    p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
7335 	    while (*p1 == *p2)
7336 	    {
7337 		if (*p2 == '\t')
7338 		{
7339 		    *p2 = NUL;
7340 		    vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL,
7341 			    _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"),
7342 				     ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1);
7343 		    emsg((char *)NameBuff);
7344 		    *p2 = '\t';
7345 		    break;
7346 		}
7347 		++p1;
7348 		++p2;
7349 	    }
7350 	}
7351 
7352 	if (utf8 == TRUE)
7353 	    fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n");
7354 
7355 	/*
7356 	 * Write the tags into the file.
7357 	 */
7358 	for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7359 	{
7360 	    s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
7361 	    if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0)
7362 		/* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */
7363 		fputs((char *)s, fd_tags);
7364 	    else
7365 	    {
7366 		fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s);
7367 		for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1)
7368 		{
7369 		    /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */
7370 		    if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/')
7371 			putc('\\', fd_tags);
7372 		    putc(*p1, fd_tags);
7373 		}
7374 		fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n");
7375 	    }
7376 	}
7377     }
7378     if (mix)
7379 	got_int = FALSE;    /* continue with other languages */
7380 
7381     for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7382 	vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]);
7383     ga_clear(&ga);
7384     fclose(fd_tags);	    /* there is no check for an error... */
7385 }
7386 
7387 /*
7388  * Generate tags in one help directory, taking care of translations.
7389  */
7390     static void
7391 do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags)
7392 {
7393 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
7394     int		len;
7395     int		i, j;
7396     garray_T	ga;
7397     char_u	lang[2];
7398     char_u	ext[5];
7399     char_u	fname[8];
7400     int		filecount;
7401     char_u	**files;
7402 
7403     /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */
7404     STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname);
7405     add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7406     STRCAT(NameBuff, "**");
7407     if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files,
7408 						    EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL
7409 	    || filecount == 0)
7410     {
7411 	semsg(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff);
7412 	return;
7413     }
7414 
7415     /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are
7416      * present. */
7417     ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10);
7418     for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i)
7419     {
7420 	len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]);
7421 	if (len > 4)
7422 	{
7423 	    if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0)
7424 	    {
7425 		/* ".txt" -> language "en" */
7426 		lang[0] = 'e';
7427 		lang[1] = 'n';
7428 	    }
7429 	    else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.'
7430 		    && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3])
7431 		    && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2])
7432 		    && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x')
7433 	    {
7434 		/* ".abx" -> language "ab" */
7435 		lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]);
7436 		lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]);
7437 	    }
7438 	    else
7439 		continue;
7440 
7441 	    /* Did we find this language already? */
7442 	    for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2)
7443 		if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0)
7444 		    break;
7445 	    if (j == ga.ga_len)
7446 	    {
7447 		/* New language, add it. */
7448 		if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL)
7449 		    break;
7450 		((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0];
7451 		((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1];
7452 	    }
7453 	}
7454     }
7455 
7456     /*
7457      * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one.
7458      */
7459     for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2)
7460     {
7461 	STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx");
7462 	fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j];
7463 	fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1];
7464 	if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n')
7465 	{
7466 	    /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */
7467 	    fname[4] = NUL;
7468 	    STRCPY(ext, ".txt");
7469 	}
7470 	else
7471 	{
7472 	    /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */
7473 	    STRCPY(ext, ".xxx");
7474 	    ext[1] = fname[5];
7475 	    ext[2] = fname[6];
7476 	}
7477 	helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags);
7478     }
7479 
7480     ga_clear(&ga);
7481     FreeWild(filecount, files);
7482 
7483 #else
7484     /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */
7485     helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags);
7486 #endif
7487 }
7488 
7489     static void
7490 helptags_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie)
7491 {
7492     do_helptags(fname, *(int *)cookie);
7493 }
7494 
7495 /*
7496  * ":helptags"
7497  */
7498     void
7499 ex_helptags(exarg_T *eap)
7500 {
7501     expand_T	xpc;
7502     char_u	*dirname;
7503     int		add_help_tags = FALSE;
7504 
7505     /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */
7506     if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(eap->arg[3]))
7507     {
7508 	add_help_tags = TRUE;
7509 	eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3);
7510     }
7511 
7512     if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "ALL") == 0)
7513     {
7514 	do_in_path(p_rtp, (char_u *)"doc", DIP_ALL + DIP_DIR,
7515 						 helptags_cb, &add_help_tags);
7516     }
7517     else
7518     {
7519 	ExpandInit(&xpc);
7520 	xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES;
7521 	dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL,
7522 			    WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
7523 	if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname))
7524 	    semsg(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg);
7525 	else
7526 	    do_helptags(dirname, add_help_tags);
7527 	vim_free(dirname);
7528     }
7529 }
7530 
7531 /*
7532  * Make the user happy.
7533  */
7534     void
7535 ex_smile(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7536 {
7537     static char *code[] = {
7538 	"\34 \4o\14$\4ox\30 \2o\30$\1ox\25 \2o\36$\1o\11 \1o\1$\3 \2$\1 \1o\1$x\5 \1o\1 \1$\1 \2o\10 \1o\44$\1o\7 \2$\1 \2$\1 \2$\1o\1$x\2 \2o\1 \1$\1 \1$\1 \1\"\1$\6 \1o\11$\4 \15$\4 \11$\1o\7 \3$\1o\2$\1o\1$x\2 \1\"\6$\1o\1$\5 \1o\11$\6 \13$\6 \12$\1o\4 \10$x\4 \7$\4 \13$\6 \13$\6 \27$x\4 \27$\4 \15$\4 \16$\2 \3\"\3$x\5 \1\"\3$\4\"\61$\5 \1\"\3$x\6 \3$\3 \1o\62$\5 \1\"\3$\1ox\5 \1o\2$\1\"\3 \63$\7 \3$\1ox\5 \3$\4 \55$\1\"\1 \1\"\6$",
7539 	"\5o\4$\1ox\4 \1o\3$\4o\5$\2 \45$\3 \1o\21$x\4 \10$\1\"\4$\3 \42$\5 \4$\10\"x\3 \4\"\7 \4$\4 \1\"\34$\1\"\6 \1o\3$x\16 \1\"\3$\1o\5 \3\"\22$\1\"\2$\1\"\11 \3$x\20 \3$\1o\12 \1\"\2$\2\"\6$\4\"\13 \1o\3$x\21 \4$\1o\40 \1o\3$\1\"x\22 \1\"\4$\1o\6 \1o\6$\1o\1\"\4$\1o\10 \1o\4$x\24 \1\"\5$\2o\5 \2\"\4$\1o\5$\1o\3 \1o\4$\2\"x\27 \2\"\5$\4o\2 \1\"\3$\1o\11$\3\"x\32 \2\"\7$\2o\1 \12$x\42 \4\"\13$x\46 \14$x\47 \12$\1\"x\50 \1\"\3$\4\"x"
7540     };
7541     char *p;
7542     int n;
7543     int i;
7544 
7545     msg_start();
7546     msg_putchar('\n');
7547     for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
7548 	for (p = code[i]; *p != NUL; ++p)
7549 	    if (*p == 'x')
7550 		msg_putchar('\n');
7551 	    else
7552 		for (n = *p++; n > 0; --n)
7553 		    if (*p == 'o' || *p == '$')
7554 			msg_putchar_attr(*p, HL_ATTR(HLF_L));
7555 		    else
7556 			msg_putchar(*p);
7557     msg_clr_eos();
7558 }
7559 
7560 /*
7561  * ":drop"
7562  * Opens the first argument in a window.  When there are two or more arguments
7563  * the argument list is redefined.
7564  */
7565     void
7566 ex_drop(exarg_T *eap)
7567 {
7568     int		split = FALSE;
7569     win_T	*wp;
7570     buf_T	*buf;
7571     tabpage_T	*tp;
7572 
7573     /*
7574      * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window.  If
7575      * so, jump to that window.
7576      * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated
7577      * and mostly only one file is dropped.
7578      * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is
7579      * editing a file name with a wildcard character.
7580      */
7581     set_arglist(eap->arg);
7582 
7583     /*
7584      * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list.  E.g. when
7585      * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'.  Assume that we
7586      * already did an error message for this.
7587      */
7588     if (ARGCOUNT == 0)
7589 	return;
7590 
7591     if (cmdmod.tab)
7592     {
7593 	/* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't
7594 	 * edited in a window yet.  It's like ":tab all" but without closing
7595 	 * windows or tabs. */
7596 	ex_all(eap);
7597     }
7598     else
7599     {
7600 	/* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument.  Jump to an existing
7601 	 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer
7602 	 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */
7603 	buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum);
7604 
7605 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7606 	{
7607 	    if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
7608 	    {
7609 		goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp);
7610 		curwin->w_arg_idx = 0;
7611 		return;
7612 	    }
7613 	}
7614 
7615 	/*
7616 	 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need
7617 	 * to split the current window or data could be lost.
7618 	 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the
7619 	 * buffer won't be lost.
7620 	 */
7621 	if (!buf_hide(curbuf))
7622 	{
7623 	    ++emsg_off;
7624 	    split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD);
7625 	    --emsg_off;
7626 	}
7627 
7628 	/* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */
7629 	if (split)
7630 	{
7631 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst;
7632 	    eap->cmd[0] = 's';
7633 	}
7634 	else
7635 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_first;
7636 	ex_rewind(eap);
7637     }
7638 }
7639 
7640 /*
7641  * Skip over the pattern argument of ":vimgrep /pat/[g][j]".
7642  * Put the start of the pattern in "*s", unless "s" is NULL.
7643  * If "flags" is not NULL put the flags in it: VGR_GLOBAL, VGR_NOJUMP.
7644  * If "s" is not NULL terminate the pattern with a NUL.
7645  * Return a pointer to the char just past the pattern plus flags.
7646  */
7647     char_u *
7648 skip_vimgrep_pat(char_u *p, char_u **s, int *flags)
7649 {
7650     int		c;
7651 
7652     if (vim_isIDc(*p))
7653     {
7654 	/* ":vimgrep pattern fname" */
7655 	if (s != NULL)
7656 	    *s = p;
7657 	p = skiptowhite(p);
7658 	if (s != NULL && *p != NUL)
7659 	    *p++ = NUL;
7660     }
7661     else
7662     {
7663 	/* ":vimgrep /pattern/[g][j] fname" */
7664 	if (s != NULL)
7665 	    *s = p + 1;
7666 	c = *p;
7667 	p = skip_regexp(p + 1, c, TRUE, NULL);
7668 	if (*p != c)
7669 	    return NULL;
7670 
7671 	/* Truncate the pattern. */
7672 	if (s != NULL)
7673 	    *p = NUL;
7674 	++p;
7675 
7676 	/* Find the flags */
7677 	while (*p == 'g' || *p == 'j')
7678 	{
7679 	    if (flags != NULL)
7680 	    {
7681 		if (*p == 'g')
7682 		    *flags |= VGR_GLOBAL;
7683 		else
7684 		    *flags |= VGR_NOJUMP;
7685 	    }
7686 	    ++p;
7687 	}
7688     }
7689     return p;
7690 }
7691 
7692 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
7693 /*
7694  * List v:oldfiles in a nice way.
7695  */
7696     void
7697 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7698 {
7699     list_T	*l = get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES);
7700     listitem_T	*li;
7701     int		nr = 0;
7702     char_u	*fname;
7703 
7704     if (l == NULL)
7705 	msg(_("No old files"));
7706     else
7707     {
7708 	msg_start();
7709 	msg_scroll = TRUE;
7710 	for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next)
7711 	{
7712 	    ++nr;
7713 	    fname = tv_get_string(&li->li_tv);
7714 	    if (!message_filtered(fname))
7715 	    {
7716 		msg_outnum((long)nr);
7717 		msg_puts(": ");
7718 		msg_outtrans(fname);
7719 		msg_clr_eos();
7720 		msg_putchar('\n');
7721 		out_flush();	    /* output one line at a time */
7722 		ui_breakcheck();
7723 	    }
7724 	}
7725 
7726 	/* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */
7727 	got_int = FALSE;
7728 
7729 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD
7730 	if (cmdmod.browse)
7731 	{
7732 	    quit_more = FALSE;
7733 	    nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE);
7734 	    msg_starthere();
7735 	    if (nr > 0)
7736 	    {
7737 		char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES),
7738 								    (long)nr);
7739 
7740 		if (p != NULL)
7741 		{
7742 		    p = expand_env_save(p);
7743 		    eap->arg = p;
7744 		    eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit;
7745 		    cmdmod.browse = FALSE;
7746 		    do_exedit(eap, NULL);
7747 		    vim_free(p);
7748 		}
7749 	    }
7750 	}
7751 # endif
7752     }
7753 }
7754 #endif
7755